1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 45 #include <algorithm> 46 #include <cstring> 47 #include <functional> 48 using namespace clang; 49 using namespace sema; 50 51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 52 if (OwnedType) { 53 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 54 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 55 } 56 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 58 } 59 60 namespace { 61 62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 63 public: 64 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 65 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 66 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 67 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 68 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 69 } 70 71 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 72 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 73 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 74 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 75 else 76 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 77 } 78 79 private: 80 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 81 bool WantClassName; 82 }; 83 84 } 85 86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 88 switch (Kind) { 89 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 90 // token kind is a valid type specifier 91 case tok::kw_short: 92 case tok::kw_long: 93 case tok::kw___int64: 94 case tok::kw___int128: 95 case tok::kw_signed: 96 case tok::kw_unsigned: 97 case tok::kw_void: 98 case tok::kw_char: 99 case tok::kw_int: 100 case tok::kw_half: 101 case tok::kw_float: 102 case tok::kw_double: 103 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 104 case tok::kw_bool: 105 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 106 return true; 107 108 case tok::annot_typename: 109 case tok::kw_char16_t: 110 case tok::kw_char32_t: 111 case tok::kw_typeof: 112 case tok::annot_decltype: 113 case tok::kw_decltype: 114 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 115 116 default: 117 break; 118 } 119 120 return false; 121 } 122 123 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 124 /// return the declaration of that type. 125 /// 126 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 127 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 128 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 129 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 130 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 131 /// 132 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 133 /// and then return NULL. 134 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 135 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 136 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 137 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 138 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 139 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 140 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 141 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 142 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 143 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 144 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 145 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 147 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 148 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 149 150 if (!LookupCtx) { 151 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 152 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 153 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 154 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 155 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 156 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 157 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 158 // 159 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 160 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 161 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 162 return ParsedType(); 163 164 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 165 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 166 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 167 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 168 169 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 170 QualType T = 171 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 172 II, NameLoc); 173 174 return ParsedType::make(T); 175 } 176 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 181 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 182 return ParsedType(); 183 } 184 185 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 186 // lookup for class-names. 187 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 188 LookupOrdinaryName; 189 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 190 if (LookupCtx) { 191 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 192 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 193 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 194 // nested-name-specifier. 195 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 196 197 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 198 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 199 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 200 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 201 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 202 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 203 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 204 LookupName(Result, S); 205 } 206 } else { 207 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 208 LookupName(Result, S); 209 } 210 211 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 212 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 213 case LookupResult::NotFound: 214 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 215 if (CorrectedII) { 216 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 217 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 218 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 219 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 220 TemplateTy Template; 221 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 222 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 223 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 224 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 225 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 226 if (SS && NNS) { 227 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 228 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 229 } 230 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 231 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 232 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 233 // is handled elsewhere). 234 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 235 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 236 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 237 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 238 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 239 IsCtorOrDtorName, 240 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 241 if (Ty) { 242 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 243 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 245 if (SS && NNS) 246 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 247 *CorrectedII = NewII; 248 return Ty; 249 } 250 } 251 } 252 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 253 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 254 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 255 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 256 return ParsedType(); 257 258 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 259 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 260 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 261 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 262 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 263 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 264 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 265 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 266 return ParsedType(); 267 } 268 269 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 270 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 271 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 272 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 273 if (!IIDecl || 274 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 275 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 276 IIDecl = *Res; 277 } 278 } 279 280 if (!IIDecl) { 281 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 282 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 283 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 284 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 285 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 286 // a type name. 287 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 288 return ParsedType(); 289 } 290 291 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 292 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 293 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 294 // perform the name lookup again. 295 break; 296 297 case LookupResult::Found: 298 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 299 break; 300 } 301 302 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 303 304 QualType T; 305 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 306 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 307 308 if (T.isNull()) 309 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 310 311 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 312 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 313 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 314 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 315 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 316 // Construct a type with type-source information. 317 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 318 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 319 320 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 321 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 322 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 323 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 324 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 325 } else { 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 } 328 } 329 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 330 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 331 if (!HasTrailingDot) 332 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 333 } 334 335 if (T.isNull()) { 336 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 337 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 338 return ParsedType(); 339 } 340 return ParsedType::make(T); 341 } 342 343 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 344 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 345 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 346 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 347 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 348 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 349 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 350 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 351 LookupName(R, S, false); 352 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 353 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 354 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 355 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 356 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 357 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 358 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 359 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 360 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 361 } 362 } 363 364 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 365 } 366 367 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 368 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 369 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 370 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 371 /// @code 372 /// template<class T> class A { 373 /// public: 374 /// typedef int TYPE; 375 /// }; 376 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 377 /// public: 378 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 379 /// }; 380 /// @endcode 381 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 382 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 383 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 384 385 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 386 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 387 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 388 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 389 return true; 390 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 391 } 392 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 393 } 394 395 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 396 SourceLocation IILoc, 397 Scope *S, 398 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 399 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 400 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 401 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 402 403 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 404 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 405 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 406 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 407 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 408 Validator)) { 409 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 410 // We corrected to a keyword. 411 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 412 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 413 } else { 414 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 415 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 416 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 417 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 418 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 419 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 420 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 421 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 422 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 423 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 424 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 425 } else { 426 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 427 } 428 429 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 430 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 431 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 432 SourceRange(IILoc)); 433 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 434 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 435 false, ParsedType(), 436 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 437 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 438 } 439 return true; 440 } 441 442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 443 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 444 UnqualifiedId Name; 445 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 446 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 447 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 448 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 449 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 450 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 451 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 452 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 453 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 454 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 455 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 456 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 457 } 458 return true; 459 } 460 } 461 462 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 463 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 464 465 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 466 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 467 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 468 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 469 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 470 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 471 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 472 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 473 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 474 475 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 476 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 477 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 478 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 479 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 480 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 481 } else { 482 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 483 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 484 } 485 486 return true; 487 } 488 489 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 490 /// or 491 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 492 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 493 NextToken.is(tok::less); 494 495 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 496 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 497 return true; 498 499 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 500 return true; 501 } 502 503 return false; 504 } 505 506 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 507 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 508 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 509 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 510 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 511 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 512 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 const char *TagName = 0; 514 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 515 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 516 case TTK_Class: 517 TagName = "class"; 518 FixItTagName = "class "; 519 break; 520 521 case TTK_Enum: 522 TagName = "enum"; 523 FixItTagName = "enum "; 524 break; 525 526 case TTK_Struct: 527 TagName = "struct"; 528 FixItTagName = "struct "; 529 break; 530 531 case TTK_Interface: 532 TagName = "__interface"; 533 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 534 break; 535 536 case TTK_Union: 537 TagName = "union"; 538 FixItTagName = "union "; 539 break; 540 } 541 542 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 543 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 544 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 545 546 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 547 I != IEnd; ++I) 548 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 549 << Name << TagName; 550 551 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 552 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 553 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 554 return true; 555 } 556 557 return false; 558 } 559 560 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 561 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 562 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 563 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 564 565 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 566 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 567 568 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 569 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 570 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 571 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 572 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 573 } 574 575 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 576 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 577 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 578 SourceLocation NameLoc, 579 const Token &NextToken, 580 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 581 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 582 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 583 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 584 585 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 586 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 587 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 588 589 } 590 591 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 592 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 593 594 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 595 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 596 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 597 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 598 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 599 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 600 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 601 return E; 602 } 603 604 bool SecondTry = false; 605 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 606 607 Corrected: 608 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 609 case LookupResult::NotFound: 610 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 611 // call. 612 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 613 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 614 // FIXME: Reference? 615 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 616 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 617 618 // C90 6.3.2.2: 619 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 620 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 621 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 622 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 623 // the function call, the declaration 624 // 625 // extern int identifier (); 626 // 627 // appeared. 628 // 629 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 630 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 631 Result.addDecl(D); 632 Result.resolveKind(); 633 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 634 } 635 } 636 637 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 638 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 639 // "struct", or "union". 640 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 641 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 642 break; 643 } 644 645 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 646 // close to this name. 647 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 648 SecondTry = true; 649 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 650 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 651 &SS, *CCC)) { 652 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 653 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 654 655 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 656 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 657 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 658 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 659 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 660 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 661 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 662 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 663 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 664 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 665 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 666 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 667 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 668 } 669 670 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 671 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 672 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 673 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 674 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 675 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 676 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 677 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 678 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 679 } 680 681 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 682 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 683 684 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 685 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 686 return Name; 687 688 // Also update the LookupResult... 689 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 690 Result.clear(); 691 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 692 if (FirstDecl) 693 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 694 695 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 696 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 697 // reference the ivar. 698 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 699 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 700 Result.clear(); 701 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 702 return E; 703 } 704 705 goto Corrected; 706 } 707 } 708 709 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 710 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 711 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 712 713 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 714 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 715 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 716 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 717 718 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 719 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 720 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 721 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 722 // qualified by the keyword typename. 723 // 724 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 725 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 726 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 727 // keyword here. 728 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 729 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 730 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 731 } 732 733 case LookupResult::Found: 734 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 735 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 736 break; 737 738 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 739 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 740 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 741 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 742 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 743 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 744 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 745 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 746 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 747 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 748 // ambiguous. 749 // 750 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 751 // so try again after filtering out template names. 752 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 753 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 754 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 755 break; 756 } 757 } 758 759 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 760 return NameClassification::Error(); 761 } 762 763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 764 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 765 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 766 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 767 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 768 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 769 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 770 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 771 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 772 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 773 774 if (!Result.empty()) { 775 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 776 bool IsVarTemplate; 777 TemplateName Template; 778 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 779 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 780 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 781 Result.end()); 782 } else { 783 TemplateDecl *TD 784 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 785 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 786 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 787 788 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 789 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 790 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 791 TD); 792 else 793 Template = TemplateName(TD); 794 } 795 796 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 797 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 798 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 799 // to based on which function we selected. 800 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 801 802 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 803 } 804 805 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 806 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 807 } 808 } 809 810 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 811 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 812 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 813 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 814 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 815 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 816 return ParsedType::make(T); 817 } 818 819 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 820 if (!Class) { 821 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 822 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 823 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 824 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 825 } 826 827 if (Class) { 828 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 829 830 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 831 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 832 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 833 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 834 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 835 } 836 837 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 838 return ParsedType::make(T); 839 } 840 841 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 842 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 843 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 844 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 845 846 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 847 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 848 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 849 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 850 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 851 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 852 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 853 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 854 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 855 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 856 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 857 return ParsedType::make(T); 858 } 859 860 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 861 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 862 863 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 864 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 865 } 866 867 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 868 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 869 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 870 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 871 872 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 873 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 874 // the context we'll need to return to. 875 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 876 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 877 878 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 879 // lexical context. 880 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 881 return DC; 882 883 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 884 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 885 // class is the context we need to return to. 886 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 887 DC = RD; 888 889 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 890 // declared in. 891 return DC; 892 } 893 894 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 895 } 896 897 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 898 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 899 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 900 CurContext = DC; 901 S->setEntity(DC); 902 } 903 904 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 905 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 906 907 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 908 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 909 } 910 911 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 912 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 913 /// 914 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 915 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 916 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 917 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 918 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 919 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 920 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 921 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 922 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 923 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 924 // namespace. 925 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 926 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 927 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 928 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 929 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 930 931 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 932 933 #ifndef NDEBUG 934 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 935 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 936 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 937 #endif 938 939 CurContext = DC; 940 S->setEntity(DC); 941 } 942 943 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 944 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 945 946 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 947 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 948 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 949 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 950 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 951 952 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 953 // disappear. 954 } 955 956 957 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 958 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 959 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 960 // We assume that the caller has already called 961 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 962 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 963 } 964 if (!FD) 965 return; 966 967 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 968 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 969 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 970 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 971 CurContext = FD; 972 S->setEntity(CurContext); 973 974 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 975 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 976 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 977 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 978 S->AddDecl(Param); 979 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 980 } 981 } 982 } 983 984 985 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 986 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 987 // rather than the top-level class. 988 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 989 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 990 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 991 } 992 993 994 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 995 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 996 /// 997 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 998 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 999 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1000 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1001 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1002 /// attribute. 1003 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1004 ASTContext &Context) { 1005 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1006 return true; 1007 1008 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1009 return true; 1010 1011 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1012 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1013 } 1014 1015 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1016 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1017 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1018 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1019 // scope. 1020 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1021 S = S->getParent(); 1022 1023 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1024 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1025 // into any context. 1026 if (AddToContext) 1027 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1028 1029 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1030 // are function-local declarations. 1031 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1032 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1033 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1034 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1035 return; 1036 1037 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1038 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1039 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1040 return; 1041 1042 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1043 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1044 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1045 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1046 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1047 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1048 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1049 1050 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1051 break; 1052 } 1053 } 1054 1055 S->AddDecl(D); 1056 1057 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1058 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1059 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1060 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1061 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1063 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1064 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1065 continue; 1066 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 1070 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1071 } else { 1072 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1073 } 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1077 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1078 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1079 } 1080 1081 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1082 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1083 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1084 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1085 } 1086 1087 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1088 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1089 do { 1090 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1091 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1092 return S; 1093 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1094 1095 return 0; 1096 } 1097 1098 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1099 DeclContext*, 1100 ASTContext&); 1101 1102 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1103 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1104 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1105 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1106 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1107 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1108 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1109 while (F.hasNext()) { 1110 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1111 1112 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1113 continue; 1114 1115 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1116 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1117 continue; 1118 1119 F.erase(); 1120 } 1121 1122 F.done(); 1123 } 1124 1125 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1126 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1127 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1128 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1129 } 1130 1131 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1132 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1133 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1134 while (F.hasNext()) 1135 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1136 F.erase(); 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139 } 1140 1141 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1142 /// @code 1143 /// class S { 1144 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1145 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1146 /// }; 1147 /// @endcode 1148 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1149 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1150 // the decl here. 1151 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1152 return false; 1153 1154 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1155 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1156 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1157 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1158 return false; 1159 } 1160 1161 // We need this to handle 1162 // 1163 // typedef struct { 1164 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1165 // } A; 1166 // 1167 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1168 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1169 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1170 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1171 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1172 // not. 1173 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1174 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1175 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1176 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1177 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 DC = DC->getParent(); 1181 } 1182 1183 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1184 } 1185 1186 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1187 // these semantics. 1188 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1189 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1190 return false; 1191 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1192 } 1193 1194 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1195 assert(D); 1196 1197 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1198 return false; 1199 1200 // Ignore class templates. 1201 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1202 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1203 return false; 1204 1205 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1206 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1207 return false; 1208 1209 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1210 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1211 return false; 1212 } else { 1213 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1214 if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1215 !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1216 return false; 1217 } 1218 1219 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1220 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1221 return false; 1222 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1223 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1224 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1225 // like "inline".) 1226 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1230 return false; 1231 1232 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1233 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1234 return false; 1235 } else { 1236 return false; 1237 } 1238 1239 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1240 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1241 } 1242 1243 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1244 if (!D) 1245 return; 1246 1247 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1248 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1249 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1250 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1251 } 1252 1253 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1254 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1255 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1256 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1257 } 1258 1259 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1260 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1261 } 1262 1263 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1264 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1268 return false; 1269 1270 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1271 return true; 1272 1273 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1274 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1275 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1276 return false; 1277 1278 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1279 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1280 1281 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1282 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1283 1284 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1285 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1286 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 } 1289 1290 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1291 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1292 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1293 return false; 1294 1295 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1296 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1297 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1298 return false; 1299 1300 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1301 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1302 return false; 1303 1304 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1305 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1306 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1307 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1308 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1309 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1310 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1311 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1312 return false; 1313 } 1314 } 1315 } 1316 } 1317 1318 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1319 } 1320 1321 return true; 1322 } 1323 1324 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1325 FixItHint &Hint) { 1326 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1327 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1328 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1329 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1330 return; 1331 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1332 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1333 } 1334 return; 1335 } 1336 1337 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1338 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1339 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1340 FixItHint Hint; 1341 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1342 return; 1343 1344 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1345 1346 unsigned DiagID; 1347 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1348 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1349 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1350 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1351 else 1352 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1353 1354 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1355 } 1356 1357 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1358 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1359 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1360 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1361 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1362 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1363 } 1364 1365 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1366 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1367 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1368 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1369 1370 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1371 I != E; ++I) { 1372 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1373 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1374 1375 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1376 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1377 1378 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1379 1380 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1381 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1382 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1383 1384 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1385 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1386 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1387 1388 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1389 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1390 } 1391 DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(S); 1392 } 1393 1394 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1395 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1396 } 1397 1398 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1399 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1400 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1401 } 1402 1403 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1404 /// 1405 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1406 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1407 /// to the fixed name. 1408 /// 1409 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1410 /// 1411 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1412 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1413 /// 1414 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1415 /// class could not be found. 1416 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1417 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1418 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1419 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1420 // creation from this context. 1421 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1422 1423 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1424 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1425 // find an Objective-C class name. 1426 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1427 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1428 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1429 Validator)) { 1430 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1431 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1432 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1433 } 1434 } 1435 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1436 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1437 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1438 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1439 return Def; 1440 } 1441 1442 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1443 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1444 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1445 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1446 /// ill-formed in C++: 1447 /// @code 1448 /// struct S6 { 1449 /// enum { BAR } e; 1450 /// }; 1451 /// 1452 /// void test_S6() { 1453 /// struct S6 a; 1454 /// a.e = BAR; 1455 /// } 1456 /// @endcode 1457 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1458 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1459 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1460 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1461 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1462 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1463 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1464 /// contain non-field names. 1465 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1466 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1467 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1468 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1469 S = S->getParent(); 1470 return S; 1471 } 1472 1473 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1474 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1475 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1476 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1477 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1478 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1479 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1480 return; 1481 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1482 1483 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1484 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1485 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1486 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1487 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1488 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1489 } 1490 1491 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1492 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1493 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1494 /// built-in. 1495 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1496 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1497 SourceLocation Loc) { 1498 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1499 1500 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1501 1502 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1503 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1504 switch (Error) { 1505 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1506 // Okay 1507 break; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 1521 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1522 if (ForRedeclaration) 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1525 return 0; 1526 } 1527 1528 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1531 << R; 1532 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1533 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1534 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1535 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1536 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1537 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1538 } 1539 1540 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1541 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1542 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1543 SC_Extern, 1544 false, 1545 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1546 New->setImplicit(); 1547 1548 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1549 // FunctionDecl. 1550 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1551 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1552 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1553 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1554 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1555 SourceLocation(), 0, 1556 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1557 SC_None, 0); 1558 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1559 Params.push_back(parm); 1560 } 1561 New->setParams(Params); 1562 } 1563 1564 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1565 1566 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1567 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1568 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1569 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1570 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1571 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1572 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1573 CurContext = SavedContext; 1574 return New; 1575 } 1576 1577 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1578 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1579 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1580 /// entity. 1581 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1582 NamedDecl *decl, 1583 LookupResult &previous){ 1584 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1585 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1586 return; 1587 1588 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1589 if (previous.empty()) 1590 return; 1591 1592 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1593 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1594 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1595 1596 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1597 if (!old->isHidden()) 1598 continue; 1599 1600 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1601 filter.erase(); 1602 } 1603 1604 filter.done(); 1605 } 1606 1607 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1608 QualType OldType; 1609 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1610 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1611 else 1612 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1613 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1614 1615 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1616 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1617 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1618 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1619 << Kind << NewType; 1620 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1621 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1622 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1623 return true; 1624 } 1625 1626 if (OldType != NewType && 1627 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1628 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1629 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1630 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1631 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1632 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1633 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1634 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1635 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1636 return true; 1637 } 1638 return false; 1639 } 1640 1641 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1642 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1643 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1644 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1645 /// 1646 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1647 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1648 // merging checks. 1649 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1650 1651 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1652 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1653 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1654 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1655 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1656 default: break; 1657 case 2: 1658 { 1659 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1660 break; 1661 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1662 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1663 break; 1664 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1665 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1666 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1667 break; 1668 } 1669 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1670 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1671 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1672 return; 1673 } 1674 case 5: 1675 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1676 break; 1677 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1678 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1679 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1680 return; 1681 case 3: 1682 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1683 break; 1684 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1685 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1686 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1687 return; 1688 } 1689 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1690 } 1691 1692 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1693 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1694 if (!Old) { 1695 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1696 << New->getDeclName(); 1697 1698 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1699 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1700 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1701 1702 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1703 } 1704 1705 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1706 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1708 1709 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1710 // with any extensions enabled. 1711 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1712 return; 1713 1714 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1715 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1716 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1717 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1718 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1719 } 1720 1721 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1722 return; 1723 1724 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1725 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1726 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1727 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1728 // to the type to which it already refers. 1729 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1730 return; 1731 1732 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1733 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1734 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1735 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1736 // 1737 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1738 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1739 // 1740 // struct S { 1741 // typedef struct A { } A; 1742 // }; 1743 // 1744 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1745 // allow the above but disallow 1746 // 1747 // struct S { 1748 // typedef int I; 1749 // typedef int I; 1750 // }; 1751 // 1752 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1753 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1754 return; 1755 1756 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1757 << New->getDeclName(); 1758 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1759 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1760 } 1761 1762 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1763 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1764 return; 1765 1766 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1767 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1768 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1769 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1770 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1771 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1772 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1773 return; 1774 1775 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1776 << New->getDeclName(); 1777 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1778 return; 1779 } 1780 1781 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1782 /// attribute. 1783 static bool 1784 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1785 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1786 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1787 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1788 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1789 if (AA) 1790 return false; 1791 1792 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1793 switch (A->getKind()) { 1794 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1795 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1796 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1797 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1798 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1799 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1800 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1801 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1802 case attr::GuardedBy: 1803 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1804 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1805 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1806 return false; 1807 default: 1808 ; 1809 } 1810 1811 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1812 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1813 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1814 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1815 if (Ann) { 1816 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1817 return true; 1818 continue; 1819 } 1820 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1821 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1822 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1823 return true; 1824 } 1825 1826 return false; 1827 } 1828 1829 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1830 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1831 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1832 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1833 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1834 return true; 1835 } 1836 1837 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1838 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1839 /// 1840 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1841 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1842 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1843 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1844 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1845 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1846 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1847 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1848 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1849 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1850 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1851 // in a case like: 1852 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1853 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1854 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1855 // definition in such a case. 1856 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1857 return false; 1858 1859 if (I->isAlignas()) 1860 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1861 1862 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1863 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1864 OldAlign = Align; 1865 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1866 } 1867 } 1868 1869 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1870 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1871 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1872 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1873 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1874 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1875 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1876 return false; 1877 1878 if (I->isAlignas()) 1879 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1880 1881 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1882 if (Align > NewAlign) 1883 NewAlign = Align; 1884 } 1885 1886 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1887 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1888 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1889 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1890 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1891 1892 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1893 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1894 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1895 QualType Ty; 1896 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1897 Ty = VD->getType(); 1898 else 1899 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1900 1901 if (OldAlign == 0) 1902 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1903 if (NewAlign == 0) 1904 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1905 } 1906 1907 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1908 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1909 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1910 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1911 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1912 } 1913 } 1914 1915 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1916 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1917 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1918 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1919 // equivalent alignment. 1920 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1921 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1922 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1923 // have no alignment specifier. 1924 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1925 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1926 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1927 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1928 } 1929 1930 bool AnyAdded = false; 1931 1932 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1933 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1934 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1935 Clone->setInherited(true); 1936 New->addAttr(Clone); 1937 AnyAdded = true; 1938 } 1939 1940 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1941 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1942 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1943 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1944 Clone->setInherited(true); 1945 New->addAttr(Clone); 1946 AnyAdded = true; 1947 } 1948 1949 return AnyAdded; 1950 } 1951 1952 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1953 bool Override) { 1954 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1955 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1956 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1957 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1958 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1959 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1960 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1961 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1962 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1963 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1964 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1965 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1966 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1967 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1968 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1969 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1970 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1971 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1972 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1973 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1974 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1975 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1976 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1977 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1978 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1979 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1980 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1981 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1982 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1983 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1984 NewAttr = 0; 1985 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1986 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1987 1988 if (NewAttr) { 1989 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1990 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1991 return true; 1992 } 1993 1994 return false; 1995 } 1996 1997 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1998 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1999 return TD->getDefinition(); 2000 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2001 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2002 if (Def) 2003 return Def; 2004 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2005 } 2006 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2007 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2008 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2009 return Def; 2010 } 2011 return NULL; 2012 } 2013 2014 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2015 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2016 I != E; ++I) { 2017 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2018 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2019 return true; 2020 } 2021 return false; 2022 } 2023 2024 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2025 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2026 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2027 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2028 return; 2029 2030 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2031 if (!Def || Def == New) 2032 return; 2033 2034 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2035 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2036 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2037 2038 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2039 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2040 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2041 else { 2042 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2043 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2044 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2045 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2046 : diag::err_redefinition; 2047 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2048 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2049 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2050 } 2051 ++I; 2052 continue; 2053 } 2054 2055 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2056 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2057 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2058 ++I; 2059 continue; 2060 } 2061 } 2062 2063 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2064 ++I; 2065 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2066 } 2067 2068 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2069 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2070 ++I; 2071 continue; 2072 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2073 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2074 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2075 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2076 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2077 // equivalent alignment. 2078 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2079 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2080 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2081 // have no alignment specifier. 2082 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2083 << AA->isC11(); 2084 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2085 << AA->isC11(); 2086 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2087 --E; 2088 continue; 2089 } 2090 } 2091 2092 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2093 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2094 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2095 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2096 --E; 2097 } 2098 } 2099 2100 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2101 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2102 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2103 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2104 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2105 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2106 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2107 } 2108 2109 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2110 return; 2111 2112 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2113 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2114 2115 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2116 return; 2117 2118 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2119 2120 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2121 // we process them. 2122 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2123 2124 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2125 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2126 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2127 i != e; ++i) { 2128 bool Override = false; 2129 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2130 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2131 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2132 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2133 switch (AMK) { 2134 case AMK_None: 2135 continue; 2136 2137 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2138 break; 2139 2140 case AMK_Override: 2141 Override = true; 2142 break; 2143 } 2144 } 2145 2146 // Already handled. 2147 if (isa<UsedAttr>(*i)) 2148 continue; 2149 2150 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2151 foundAny = true; 2152 } 2153 2154 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2155 foundAny = true; 2156 2157 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2158 } 2159 2160 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2161 /// to the new one. 2162 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2163 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2164 Sema &S) { 2165 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2166 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2167 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2168 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2169 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2170 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2171 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2172 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2173 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2174 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2175 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2176 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2177 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2178 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2179 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2180 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2181 } 2182 2183 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2184 return; 2185 2186 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2187 2188 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2189 // done before we process them. 2190 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2191 2192 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2193 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2194 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2195 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2196 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2197 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2198 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2199 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2200 foundAny = true; 2201 } 2202 } 2203 2204 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2205 } 2206 2207 namespace { 2208 2209 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2210 /// C. 2211 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2212 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2213 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2214 QualType PromotedType; 2215 }; 2216 2217 } 2218 2219 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2220 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2221 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2222 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2223 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2224 2225 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2226 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2227 2228 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2229 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2230 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2231 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2232 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2233 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2234 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2235 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2236 } 2237 2238 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2239 } 2240 2241 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2242 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2243 /// GNU89 mode. 2244 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2245 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2246 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2247 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2248 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2249 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2250 } 2251 2252 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2253 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2254 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2255 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2256 return AT; 2257 } 2258 2259 template <typename T> 2260 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2261 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2262 if (DC->isRecord()) 2263 return false; 2264 2265 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2266 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2267 return true; 2268 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2269 return true; 2270 return false; 2271 } 2272 2273 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2274 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2275 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2276 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2277 /// 2278 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2279 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2280 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2281 /// merged with. 2282 /// 2283 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2284 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S, 2285 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2286 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2287 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2288 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2289 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2290 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2291 else 2292 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2293 if (!Old) { 2294 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2295 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2296 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2297 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2298 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2299 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2300 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2301 return true; 2302 } 2303 2304 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2305 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2306 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2307 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2308 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2309 return true; 2310 } 2311 2312 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2313 << New->getDeclName(); 2314 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2315 return true; 2316 } 2317 2318 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2319 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2320 return true; 2321 2322 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2323 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2324 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2325 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2326 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2327 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2328 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2329 else 2330 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2331 2332 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2333 // is an extern inline function. 2334 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2335 // storage classes. 2336 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2337 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2338 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2339 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2340 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2341 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2342 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2343 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2344 } else { 2345 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2346 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2347 return true; 2348 } 2349 } 2350 2351 2352 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2353 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2354 // convention of the first. 2355 // 2356 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2357 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2358 // 2359 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2360 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2361 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2362 // 2363 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2364 // other tests to run. 2365 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2366 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2367 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2368 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2369 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2370 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2371 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2372 2373 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2374 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2375 const FunctionType *FT = 2376 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2377 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2378 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2379 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2380 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2381 // there but not here. 2382 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2383 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2384 } else { 2385 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2386 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2387 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2388 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2389 << !FirstCCExplicit 2390 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2391 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2392 2393 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2394 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2395 return true; 2396 } 2397 } 2398 2399 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2400 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2401 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2402 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2403 } 2404 2405 // Merge regparm attribute. 2406 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2407 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2408 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2409 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2410 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2411 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2412 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2413 return true; 2414 } 2415 2416 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2417 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2418 } 2419 2420 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2421 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2422 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2423 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2424 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2425 return true; 2426 } 2427 2428 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2429 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2430 } 2431 2432 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2433 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2434 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2435 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2436 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2437 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2438 } 2439 2440 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2441 // UndefinedButUsed. 2442 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2443 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2444 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2445 Old->isUsed(false) && 2446 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2447 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2448 SourceLocation())); 2449 2450 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2451 // about it. 2452 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2453 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2454 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2455 } 2456 2457 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2458 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2459 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2460 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2461 // cannot be overloaded. 2462 2463 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2464 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2465 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2466 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2467 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2468 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2469 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2470 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2471 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2472 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2473 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2474 QualType ResQT; 2475 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2476 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2477 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2478 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2479 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2480 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2481 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2482 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2483 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2484 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2485 else 2486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2487 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2488 return true; 2489 } 2490 else 2491 NewQType = ResQT; 2492 } 2493 2494 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2495 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2496 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2497 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2498 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2499 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2500 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2501 New->setType( 2502 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2503 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2504 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2505 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2506 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2507 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2508 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2509 } 2510 } 2511 2512 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2513 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2514 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2515 // Preserve triviality. 2516 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2517 2518 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2519 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2520 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2521 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2522 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2523 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2524 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2525 2526 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2527 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2528 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2529 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2530 // is a static member function declaration. 2531 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2532 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2533 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2534 return true; 2535 } 2536 2537 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2538 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2539 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2540 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2541 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2542 unsigned NewDiag; 2543 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2544 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2545 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2546 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2547 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2548 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2549 else 2550 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2551 2552 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2553 } else { 2554 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2555 << New << New->getType(); 2556 } 2557 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2558 2559 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2560 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2561 // 2562 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2563 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2564 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2565 if (isFriend) { 2566 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2567 } else { 2568 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2569 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2570 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2571 return true; 2572 } 2573 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2574 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2575 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2576 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2577 return true; 2578 } 2579 } 2580 2581 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2582 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2583 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2584 // attribute. 2585 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2586 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2587 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2588 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2589 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2590 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2591 } 2592 2593 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2594 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2595 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2596 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2597 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2598 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2599 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2600 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2601 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2602 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2603 } 2604 2605 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2606 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2607 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2608 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2609 2610 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2611 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2612 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2613 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2614 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2615 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2616 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2617 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2618 } 2619 2620 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2621 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2622 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2623 // 2624 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2625 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2626 // linkage within class scope. 2627 // 2628 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2629 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2631 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2632 } else { 2633 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2634 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2635 return true; 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2640 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2641 2642 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2643 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2644 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2645 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2646 // when we instantiate the function. 2647 return false; 2648 } 2649 2650 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2651 } 2652 2653 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2654 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2655 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2656 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2657 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2658 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2659 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2660 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2661 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2662 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2663 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2664 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2665 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2666 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2667 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2668 ParamTypes, 2669 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2670 New->setType(NewQType); 2671 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2672 2673 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2674 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2675 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2676 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2677 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2678 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2679 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2680 SourceLocation(), 2681 SourceLocation(), 0, 2682 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2683 SC_None, 2684 0); 2685 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2686 Param->setImplicit(); 2687 Params.push_back(Param); 2688 } 2689 2690 New->setParams(Params); 2691 } 2692 2693 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2694 } 2695 2696 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2697 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2698 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2699 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2700 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2701 // the prototype. 2702 // 2703 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2704 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2705 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2706 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2707 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2708 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2709 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2710 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2711 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2712 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2713 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2714 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2715 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2716 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2717 2718 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2719 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2720 NewProto->getResultType()); 2721 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2722 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2723 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2724 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2725 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2726 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2727 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2728 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2729 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2730 NewParm->getType(), 2731 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2732 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2733 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2734 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2735 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2736 } else 2737 LooseCompatible = false; 2738 } 2739 2740 if (LooseCompatible) { 2741 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2742 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2743 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2744 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2745 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2746 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2747 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2748 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2749 } 2750 2751 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2752 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2753 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2754 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2755 } 2756 2757 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2758 } 2759 2760 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2761 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2762 2763 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2764 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2765 unsigned BuiltinID; 2766 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2767 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2768 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2769 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2770 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2771 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2772 << Old << Old->getType(); 2773 2774 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2775 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2776 // 2777 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2778 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2779 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2780 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2781 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2782 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2783 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2784 2785 return false; 2786 } 2787 2788 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2789 } 2790 2791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2792 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2793 return true; 2794 } 2795 2796 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2797 /// known to be compatible. 2798 /// 2799 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2800 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2801 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2802 /// redeclaration of Old. 2803 /// 2804 /// \returns false 2805 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2806 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2807 // Merge the attributes 2808 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2809 2810 // Merge "pure" flag. 2811 if (Old->isPure()) 2812 New->setPure(); 2813 2814 // Merge "used" flag. 2815 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2816 New->setIsUsed(); 2817 2818 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2819 // declarations. 2820 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2821 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2822 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2823 *this); 2824 2825 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2826 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2827 2828 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2829 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2830 // was visible. 2831 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2832 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2833 New->setType(Merged); 2834 2835 return false; 2836 } 2837 2838 2839 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2840 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2841 2842 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2843 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2844 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2845 : AMK_Override; 2846 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2847 2848 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2849 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2850 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2851 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2852 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2853 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2854 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2855 2856 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2857 } 2858 2859 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2860 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2861 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2862 /// 2863 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2864 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2865 /// is attached. 2866 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2867 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2868 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2869 return; 2870 2871 QualType MergedT; 2872 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2873 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2874 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2875 return; 2876 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2877 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2878 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2879 } 2880 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2881 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2882 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2883 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2884 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2885 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2886 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2887 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2888 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2889 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2890 NewArray->getElementType())) 2891 MergedT = New->getType(); 2892 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2893 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2894 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2895 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2896 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2897 NewArray->getElementType())) 2898 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2899 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2900 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2901 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2902 Old->getType()); 2903 } 2904 } else { 2905 // C 6.2.7p2: 2906 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 2907 // compatible type. 2908 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2909 } 2910 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2911 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 2912 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 2913 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 2914 // equivalent. 2915 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 2916 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 2917 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2918 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 2919 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 2920 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 2921 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2922 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 2923 return; 2924 } 2925 2926 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 2927 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 2928 // 2929 // extern int arr[]; 2930 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 2931 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 2932 // 2933 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 2934 // to diagnose it. 2935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2936 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2937 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2939 } 2940 2941 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2942 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 2943 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2944 New->setType(MergedT); 2945 } 2946 2947 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 2948 LookupResult &Previous) { 2949 // C11 6.2.7p4: 2950 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 2951 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 2952 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 2953 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 2954 // declaration becomes the composite type. 2955 // 2956 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 2957 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 2958 return false; 2959 2960 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2961 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 2962 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 2963 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 2964 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 2965 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 2966 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2967 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 2968 } else { 2969 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 2970 // type unless we're in the same function. 2971 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2972 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2977 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2978 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2979 /// 2980 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2981 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2982 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2983 /// 2984 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2985 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2986 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2987 return; 2988 2989 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 2990 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2991 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2992 (Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2993 if (New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 2994 Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? Old : 0; 2995 else 2996 Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? 0 : Old; 2997 } 2998 if (!Old) { 2999 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3000 << New->getDeclName(); 3001 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3002 diag::note_previous_definition); 3003 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3004 } 3005 3006 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3007 return; 3008 3009 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3010 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3011 // 3012 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3013 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3014 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3015 << New->getIdentifier(); 3016 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3017 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3018 } 3019 3020 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3021 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3022 // declaration 3023 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3024 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3025 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3027 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3028 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3029 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3030 } 3031 3032 // Merge the types. 3033 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3034 3035 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3036 return; 3037 3038 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3039 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3040 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3041 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3042 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3043 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3044 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3045 } 3046 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3047 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3048 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3049 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3050 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3051 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3052 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3053 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3054 // identifier has external linkage. 3055 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3056 /* Okay */; 3057 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3058 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3059 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3060 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3061 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3062 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3063 } 3064 3065 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3066 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3067 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3068 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3069 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3070 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3071 } 3072 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3073 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3074 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3075 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3076 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3077 } 3078 3079 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3080 3081 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3082 // need to check for mismatches. 3083 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3084 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3085 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3086 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3087 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3088 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3089 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3090 } 3091 3092 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3093 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3094 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3095 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3096 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3098 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3099 } else { 3100 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3101 // static and dynamic initialization. 3102 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3103 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3105 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3106 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3107 } 3108 } 3109 3110 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3111 const VarDecl *Def; 3112 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3113 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3114 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3115 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3116 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3117 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3118 return; 3119 } 3120 3121 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3122 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3123 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3124 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3125 return; 3126 } 3127 3128 // Merge "used" flag. 3129 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3130 New->setIsUsed(); 3131 3132 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3133 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3134 3135 // Inherit access appropriately. 3136 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3137 3138 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 3139 if (New->isStaticDataMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3140 VTD->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3141 } 3142 } 3143 3144 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3145 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3146 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3147 DeclSpec &DS) { 3148 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3149 } 3150 3151 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) { 3152 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3153 return; 3154 3155 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3156 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3157 // it is anonymous. 3158 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3159 return; 3160 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3161 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3162 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3163 return; 3164 } 3165 3166 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3167 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3168 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3169 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3170 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3171 S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag)); 3172 } 3173 } 3174 3175 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3176 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3177 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3178 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3179 DeclSpec &DS, 3180 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3181 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3182 Decl *TagD = 0; 3183 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3184 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3185 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3186 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3187 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3188 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3189 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3190 3191 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3192 return 0; 3193 3194 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3195 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3196 // it's a Type. 3197 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3198 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3199 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3200 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3201 } 3202 3203 if (Tag) { 3204 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 3205 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3206 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3207 return Tag; 3208 } 3209 3210 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3211 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3212 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3213 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3214 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3215 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3216 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3217 } 3218 3219 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3220 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3221 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3222 if (Tag) 3223 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3224 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3225 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3226 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3227 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3228 else 3229 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3230 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3231 return TagD; 3232 } 3233 3234 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3235 3236 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3237 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3238 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3239 if (TagD && !Tag) 3240 return 0; 3241 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3242 } 3243 3244 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3245 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3246 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3247 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3248 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3249 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3250 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3251 // or an explicit specialization. 3252 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3253 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3254 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3255 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3256 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3257 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3258 << SS.getRange(); 3259 return 0; 3260 } 3261 3262 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3263 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3264 3265 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3266 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3267 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3268 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3270 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3271 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3272 3273 DeclaresAnything = false; 3274 } 3275 } 3276 3277 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3278 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3279 CurContext->isRecord() && 3280 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3281 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3282 // struct STRUCT; 3283 // and 3284 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3285 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3286 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3287 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3288 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3289 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3290 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3291 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3292 } 3293 } 3294 3295 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3296 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3297 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3298 return TagD; 3299 3300 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3301 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3302 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3303 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3304 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3305 DeclaresAnything = false; 3306 3307 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3308 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3309 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3310 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3311 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3312 else 3313 DeclaresAnything = false; 3314 } 3315 3316 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3317 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3318 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3319 << Tag->getTagKind() 3320 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3321 3322 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3323 3324 // C 6.7/2: 3325 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3326 // or the members of an enumeration. 3327 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3328 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3329 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3330 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3331 // previous declaration. 3332 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3333 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3334 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3335 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3336 return TagD; 3337 } 3338 3339 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3340 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3341 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3342 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3343 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3344 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3345 // 3346 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3347 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3348 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3349 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3350 3351 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3352 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3353 // useless. 3354 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3355 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3356 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3357 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3358 3359 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3360 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3361 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3362 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3363 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3364 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3365 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3366 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3367 // Restrict is covered above. 3368 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3369 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3370 } 3371 3372 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3373 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3374 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3375 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3376 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3377 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3378 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3379 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3380 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3381 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3382 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3383 while (attrs) { 3384 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3385 << attrs->getName() 3386 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3387 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3388 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3389 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3390 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3391 } 3392 } 3393 } 3394 3395 return TagD; 3396 } 3397 3398 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3399 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3400 /// 3401 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3402 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3403 Scope *S, 3404 DeclContext *Owner, 3405 DeclarationName Name, 3406 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3407 unsigned diagnostic) { 3408 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3409 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3410 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3411 3412 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3413 return false; 3414 3415 // Pick a representative declaration. 3416 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3417 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3418 3419 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3420 return false; 3421 3422 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3423 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3424 3425 return true; 3426 } 3427 3428 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3429 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3430 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3431 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3432 /// struct, e.g., 3433 /// 3434 /// @code 3435 /// union { 3436 /// int i; 3437 /// float f; 3438 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3439 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3440 /// @endcode 3441 /// 3442 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3443 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3444 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3445 DeclContext *Owner, 3446 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3447 AccessSpecifier AS, 3448 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3449 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3450 unsigned diagKind 3451 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3452 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3453 3454 bool Invalid = false; 3455 3456 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3457 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3458 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3459 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3460 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3461 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3462 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3463 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3464 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3465 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3466 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3467 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3468 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3469 Invalid = true; 3470 } else { 3471 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3472 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3473 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3474 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3475 // anonymous union is declared. 3476 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3477 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3478 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3479 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3480 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3481 else 3482 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3483 3484 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3485 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3486 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3487 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3488 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3489 3490 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3491 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3492 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3493 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3494 3495 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3496 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3497 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3498 3499 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3500 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3501 3502 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3503 } 3504 } 3505 } 3506 3507 return Invalid; 3508 } 3509 3510 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3511 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3512 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3513 static StorageClass 3514 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3515 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3516 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3517 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3518 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3519 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3520 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3521 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3522 return SC_None; 3523 return SC_Extern; 3524 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3525 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3526 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3527 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3528 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3529 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3530 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3531 } 3532 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3533 } 3534 3535 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3536 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3537 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3538 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3539 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3540 AccessSpecifier AS, 3541 RecordDecl *Record) { 3542 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3543 3544 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3545 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3546 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3547 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3548 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3549 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3550 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3551 3552 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3553 // structs/unions. 3554 bool Invalid = false; 3555 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3556 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3557 unsigned DiagID; 3558 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3559 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3560 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3561 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3562 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3563 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3564 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3565 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3566 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3567 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3568 3569 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3570 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3571 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3572 } 3573 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3574 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3575 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3576 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3577 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3578 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3579 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3580 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3581 3582 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3583 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3584 SourceLocation(), 3585 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3586 } 3587 } 3588 3589 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3590 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3591 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3592 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3593 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3594 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3595 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3596 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3597 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3598 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3600 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3601 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3602 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3603 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3604 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3605 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3606 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3607 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3608 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3609 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3610 3611 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3612 } 3613 3614 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3615 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3616 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3617 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3618 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3619 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3620 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3621 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3622 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3623 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3624 // members (clause 11). 3625 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3626 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3627 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3628 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3629 Invalid = true; 3630 } 3631 3632 // C++ [class.union]p1 3633 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3634 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3635 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3636 // array of such objects. 3637 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3638 Invalid = true; 3639 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3640 // Any implicit members are fine. 3641 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3642 // This is a type that showed up in an 3643 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3644 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3645 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3646 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3647 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3648 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3649 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3650 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3651 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3652 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3653 else { 3654 // This is a nested type declaration. 3655 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3656 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3657 Invalid = true; 3658 } 3659 } else { 3660 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3661 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3662 // not part of standard C++. 3663 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3664 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3665 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3666 } 3667 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3668 // Any access specifier is fine. 3669 } else { 3670 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3671 // member. Complain about it. 3672 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3673 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3674 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3675 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3676 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3677 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3678 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3679 3680 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3681 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3682 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3683 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3684 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3685 else { 3686 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3687 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3688 Invalid = true; 3689 } 3690 } 3691 } 3692 } 3693 3694 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3695 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3696 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3697 Invalid = true; 3698 } 3699 3700 // Mock up a declarator. 3701 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3702 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3703 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3704 3705 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3706 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3707 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3708 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3709 DS.getLocStart(), 3710 Record->getLocation(), 3711 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3712 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3713 TInfo, 3714 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3715 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3716 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3718 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3719 } else { 3720 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3721 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3722 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3723 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3724 // an error here 3725 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3726 Invalid = true; 3727 SC = SC_None; 3728 } 3729 3730 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3731 DS.getLocStart(), 3732 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3733 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3734 TInfo, SC); 3735 3736 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3737 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3738 // initializer: 3739 // union { int n = 0; }; 3740 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3741 } 3742 Anon->setImplicit(); 3743 3744 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3745 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3746 // its members. 3747 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3748 3749 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3750 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3751 // purposes. 3752 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3753 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3754 3755 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3756 Chain, false)) 3757 Invalid = true; 3758 3759 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3760 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3761 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3762 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3763 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3764 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3765 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3766 3767 if (Invalid) 3768 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3769 3770 return Anon; 3771 } 3772 3773 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3774 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3775 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3776 /// Example: 3777 /// 3778 /// struct A { int a; }; 3779 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3780 /// 3781 /// void foo() { 3782 /// B var; 3783 /// var.a = 3; 3784 /// } 3785 /// 3786 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3787 RecordDecl *Record) { 3788 3789 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3790 if (!Record) 3791 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3792 3793 // Mock up a declarator. 3794 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3795 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3796 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3797 3798 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3799 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3800 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3801 DS.getLocStart(), 3802 DS.getLocStart(), 3803 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3804 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3805 TInfo, 3806 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3807 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3808 Anon->setImplicit(); 3809 3810 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3811 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3812 3813 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3814 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3815 // purposes. 3816 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3817 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3818 3819 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3820 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3821 RecordDef, AS_none, 3822 Chain, true)) 3823 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3824 3825 return Anon; 3826 } 3827 3828 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3829 /// given Declarator. 3830 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3831 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3832 } 3833 3834 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3835 DeclarationNameInfo 3836 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3837 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3838 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3839 3840 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3841 3842 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3843 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3844 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3845 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3846 return NameInfo; 3847 3848 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3849 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3850 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3851 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3852 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3853 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3854 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3855 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3856 return NameInfo; 3857 3858 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3859 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3860 Name.Identifier)); 3861 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3862 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3863 return NameInfo; 3864 3865 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3866 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3867 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3868 if (Ty.isNull()) 3869 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3870 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3871 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3872 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3873 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3874 return NameInfo; 3875 } 3876 3877 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3878 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3879 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3880 if (Ty.isNull()) 3881 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3882 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3883 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3884 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3885 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3886 return NameInfo; 3887 } 3888 3889 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3890 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3891 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3892 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3893 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3894 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3895 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3896 3897 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3898 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3899 3900 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3901 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3902 // was qualified. 3903 3904 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3905 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3906 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3907 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3908 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3909 return NameInfo; 3910 } 3911 3912 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3913 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3914 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3915 if (Ty.isNull()) 3916 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3917 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3918 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3919 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3920 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3921 return NameInfo; 3922 } 3923 3924 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3925 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3926 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3927 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3928 } 3929 3930 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3931 3932 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3933 } 3934 3935 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3936 do { 3937 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3938 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3939 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3940 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3941 else 3942 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3943 } while (true); 3944 } 3945 3946 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3947 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3948 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3949 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3950 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3951 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3952 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3953 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3954 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3955 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3956 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3957 Params.clear(); 3958 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3959 return false; 3960 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3961 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3962 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3963 3964 // The parameter types are identical 3965 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3966 continue; 3967 3968 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3969 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3970 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3971 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3972 3973 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3974 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3975 Params.push_back(Idx); 3976 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3977 return false; 3978 } 3979 3980 return true; 3981 } 3982 3983 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3984 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3985 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3986 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3987 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3988 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3989 DeclarationName Name) { 3990 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3991 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3992 // - types which will become injected class names 3993 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3994 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3995 // few cases here. 3996 3997 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3998 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3999 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4000 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4001 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4002 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4003 // Grab the type from the parser. 4004 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 4005 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4006 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4007 4008 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4009 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4010 // attached already. 4011 if (!TSI) 4012 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4013 4014 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4015 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4016 if (!TSI) return true; 4017 4018 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4019 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4020 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4021 break; 4022 } 4023 4024 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4025 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4026 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4027 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4028 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4029 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4030 break; 4031 } 4032 4033 default: 4034 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4035 break; 4036 } 4037 4038 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4039 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4040 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4041 4042 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4043 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4044 // pointer. 4045 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4046 continue; 4047 4048 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4049 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4050 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4051 return true; 4052 } 4053 4054 return false; 4055 } 4056 4057 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4058 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4059 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4060 4061 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4062 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4063 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4064 4065 return Dcl; 4066 } 4067 4068 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4069 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4070 /// name different from T: 4071 /// - every static data member of class T; 4072 /// - every member function of class T 4073 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4074 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4075 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4076 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4077 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4078 4079 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4080 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4081 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4082 return true; 4083 } 4084 4085 return false; 4086 } 4087 4088 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4089 /// nested-name-specifier. 4090 /// 4091 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4092 /// 4093 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4094 /// resolves. 4095 /// 4096 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4097 /// 4098 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4099 /// 4100 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4101 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4102 DeclarationName Name, 4103 SourceLocation Loc) { 4104 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4105 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4106 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4107 4108 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4109 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 4110 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 4111 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 4112 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 4113 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 4114 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 4115 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 4116 4117 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4118 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 4119 // 4120 // class X { 4121 // void X::f(); 4122 // }; 4123 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4124 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4125 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4126 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4127 SS.clear(); 4128 return false; 4129 } 4130 4131 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4132 // declaration. 4133 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4134 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4135 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4136 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4137 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4138 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4139 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4140 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4141 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4142 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4143 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4144 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4145 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4146 else 4147 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4148 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4149 4150 return true; 4151 } 4152 4153 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4154 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4155 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4156 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4157 SS.clear(); 4158 4159 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4160 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4161 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4162 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4163 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4164 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4165 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4166 return true; 4167 4168 return false; 4169 } 4170 4171 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4172 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4173 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4174 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4175 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4176 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4177 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4178 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4179 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4180 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4181 4182 return false; 4183 } 4184 4185 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4186 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4187 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4188 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4189 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4190 4191 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4192 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4193 if (!Name) { 4194 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4195 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4196 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4197 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4198 return 0; 4199 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4200 return 0; 4201 4202 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4203 // we find one that is. 4204 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4205 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4206 S = S->getParent(); 4207 4208 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4209 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4210 D.setInvalidType(); 4211 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4212 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4213 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4214 return 0; 4215 4216 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4217 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4218 if (!DC) { 4219 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4220 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4221 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4222 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4223 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4224 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4225 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4226 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4227 return 0; 4228 } 4229 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4230 4231 if (!IsDependentContext && 4232 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4233 return 0; 4234 4235 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4236 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4237 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4238 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4239 D.setInvalidType(); 4240 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4241 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4242 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4243 if (DC->isRecord()) 4244 return 0; 4245 4246 D.setInvalidType(); 4247 } 4248 } 4249 4250 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4251 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4252 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4253 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4254 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4255 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4256 D.setInvalidType(); 4257 } 4258 } 4259 4260 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4261 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4262 // Just return early; it's safer. 4263 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4264 return 0; 4265 4266 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4267 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4268 4269 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4270 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4271 D.setInvalidType(); 4272 4273 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4274 ForRedeclaration); 4275 4276 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4277 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4278 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4279 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4280 4281 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4282 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4283 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4284 // 4285 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4286 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4287 // the same name. 4288 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4289 /* Do nothing*/; 4290 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4291 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4292 R->isFunctionType())) { 4293 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4294 CreateBuiltins = 4295 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4296 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4297 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4298 CreateBuiltins = true; 4299 4300 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4301 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4302 4303 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4304 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4305 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4306 4307 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4308 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4309 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4310 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4311 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4312 // thereof; [...] 4313 // 4314 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4315 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4316 // we want to match. For example, given: 4317 // 4318 // class X { 4319 // void f(); 4320 // void f(float); 4321 // }; 4322 // 4323 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4324 // 4325 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4326 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4327 // matches. 4328 4329 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4330 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4331 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4332 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4333 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4334 } 4335 4336 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4337 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4338 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4339 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4340 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4341 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4342 4343 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4344 Previous.clear(); 4345 } 4346 4347 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4348 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4349 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4350 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4351 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4352 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4353 Previous.clear(); 4354 4355 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4356 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4358 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4359 4360 NamedDecl *New; 4361 4362 bool AddToScope = true; 4363 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4364 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4365 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4366 return 0; 4367 } 4368 4369 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4370 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4371 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4372 TemplateParamLists, 4373 AddToScope); 4374 } else { 4375 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4376 AddToScope); 4377 } 4378 4379 if (New == 0) 4380 return 0; 4381 4382 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4383 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4384 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4385 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4386 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4387 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4388 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4389 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4390 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4391 if (!AddToContext) 4392 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4393 } 4394 4395 return New; 4396 } 4397 4398 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4399 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4400 /// GCC compatibility). 4401 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4402 ASTContext &Context, 4403 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4404 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4405 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4406 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4407 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4408 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4409 SizeIsNegative = false; 4410 Oversized = 0; 4411 4412 if (T->isDependentType()) 4413 return QualType(); 4414 4415 QualifierCollector Qs; 4416 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4417 4418 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4419 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4420 QualType FixedType = 4421 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4422 Oversized); 4423 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4424 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4425 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4426 } 4427 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4428 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4429 QualType FixedType = 4430 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4431 Oversized); 4432 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4433 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4434 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4435 } 4436 4437 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4438 if (!VLATy) 4439 return QualType(); 4440 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4441 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4442 return QualType(); 4443 4444 llvm::APSInt Res; 4445 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4446 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4447 return QualType(); 4448 4449 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4450 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4451 SizeIsNegative = true; 4452 return QualType(); 4453 } 4454 4455 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4456 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4457 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4458 Res); 4459 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4460 Oversized = Res; 4461 return QualType(); 4462 } 4463 4464 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4465 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4466 } 4467 4468 static void 4469 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4470 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4471 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4472 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4473 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4474 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4475 return; 4476 } 4477 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4478 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4479 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4480 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4481 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4482 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4483 return; 4484 } 4485 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4486 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4487 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4488 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4489 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4490 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4491 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4492 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4493 } 4494 4495 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4496 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4497 /// GCC compatibility). 4498 static TypeSourceInfo* 4499 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4500 ASTContext &Context, 4501 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4502 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4503 QualType FixedTy 4504 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4505 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4506 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4507 return 0; 4508 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4509 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4510 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4511 return FixedTInfo; 4512 } 4513 4514 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4515 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4516 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4517 /// function-scope declarations. 4518 void 4519 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4520 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4521 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4522 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4523 return; 4524 4525 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4526 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4527 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4528 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4529 } 4530 4531 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4532 if (ExternalSource) { 4533 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4534 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4535 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4536 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4537 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4538 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4539 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4540 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4541 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4542 } 4543 } 4544 4545 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4546 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0; 4547 } 4548 4549 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4550 /// does not identify a function. 4551 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4552 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4553 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4554 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4555 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4556 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4557 4558 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4559 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4560 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4561 4562 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4563 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4564 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4565 4566 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4567 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4568 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4569 } 4570 4571 NamedDecl* 4572 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4573 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4574 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4575 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4576 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4577 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4578 D.setInvalidType(); 4579 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4580 DC = CurContext; 4581 Previous.clear(); 4582 } 4583 4584 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4585 4586 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4587 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4588 << 1; 4589 4590 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4591 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4592 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4593 return 0; 4594 } 4595 4596 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4597 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4598 4599 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4600 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4601 4602 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4603 4604 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4605 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4606 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4607 return ND; 4608 } 4609 4610 void 4611 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4612 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4613 // then it shall have block scope. 4614 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4615 // that redeclarations will match. 4616 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4617 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4618 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4619 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4620 4621 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4622 bool SizeIsNegative; 4623 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4624 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4625 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4626 SizeIsNegative, 4627 Oversized); 4628 if (FixedTInfo) { 4629 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4630 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4631 } else { 4632 if (SizeIsNegative) 4633 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4634 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4635 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4636 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4637 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4638 << Oversized.toString(10); 4639 else 4640 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4641 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4642 } 4643 } 4644 } 4645 } 4646 4647 4648 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4649 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4650 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4651 NamedDecl* 4652 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4653 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4654 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4655 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4656 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4657 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4658 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4659 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4660 Redeclaration = true; 4661 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4662 } 4663 4664 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4665 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4666 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4667 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4668 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4669 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4670 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4671 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4672 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4673 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4674 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4675 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4676 } 4677 4678 return NewTD; 4679 } 4680 4681 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4682 /// previous declaration. 4683 /// 4684 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4685 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4686 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4687 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4688 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4689 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4690 /// 4691 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4692 /// lookup 4693 /// 4694 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4695 /// declared. 4696 /// 4697 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4698 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4699 static bool 4700 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4701 ASTContext &Context) { 4702 if (!PrevDecl) 4703 return false; 4704 4705 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4706 return false; 4707 4708 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4709 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4710 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4711 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4712 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4713 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4714 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4715 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4716 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4717 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4718 return false; 4719 4720 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4721 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4722 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4723 return false; 4724 4725 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4726 // previous declarations. 4727 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4728 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4729 4730 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4731 // isn't the same function. 4732 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4733 return false; 4734 } 4735 4736 return true; 4737 } 4738 4739 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4740 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4741 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4742 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4743 } 4744 4745 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4746 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4747 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4748 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4749 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4750 unsigned kind = -1U; 4751 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4752 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4753 kind = 0; // __block 4754 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4755 kind = 1; // global 4756 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4757 kind = 3; // ivar 4758 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4759 kind = 2; // field 4760 } 4761 4762 if (kind != -1U) { 4763 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4764 << kind; 4765 } 4766 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4767 // Try to infer lifetime. 4768 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4769 return false; 4770 4771 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4772 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4773 decl->setType(type); 4774 } 4775 4776 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4777 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4778 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4779 var->getTLSKind()) { 4780 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4781 << var->getType(); 4782 return true; 4783 } 4784 } 4785 4786 return false; 4787 } 4788 4789 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4790 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4791 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4792 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4793 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4794 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4795 } 4796 } 4797 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4798 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4799 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4800 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4801 } 4802 } 4803 4804 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4805 // It does not apply to functions. 4806 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4807 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4808 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4809 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4810 } 4811 } 4812 } 4813 4814 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4815 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4816 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4817 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4818 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4819 4820 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4821 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4822 4823 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4824 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4825 return false; 4826 4827 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4828 4829 #ifndef NDEBUG 4830 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4831 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4832 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4833 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4834 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4835 #endif 4836 4837 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4838 4839 #ifndef NDEBUG 4840 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4841 #endif 4842 4843 return isC99Inline; 4844 } 4845 4846 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4847 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4848 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4849 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4850 /// 4851 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4852 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4853 /// 4854 /// For instance: 4855 /// 4856 /// auto x = []{}; 4857 /// 4858 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4859 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4860 /// 4861 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4862 template<typename T> 4863 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4864 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4865 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4866 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4867 return false; 4868 } 4869 return D->isExternC(); 4870 } 4871 4872 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4873 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4874 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4875 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4876 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4877 return true; 4878 if (DC->isRecord()) 4879 return false; 4880 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4881 } 4882 4883 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4884 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4885 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4886 return true; 4887 if (DC->isRecord()) 4888 return false; 4889 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4890 } 4891 4892 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 4893 /// function-local external declaration. 4894 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 4895 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4896 return false; 4897 4898 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 4899 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 4900 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 4901 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 4902 return true; 4903 4904 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 4905 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 4906 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 4907 // innermost enclosing namespace. 4908 // 4909 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 4910 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 4911 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 4912 DC = DC->getParent(); 4913 return true; 4914 } 4915 4916 NamedDecl * 4917 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4918 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4919 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4920 bool &AddToScope) { 4921 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4922 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4923 4924 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4925 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4926 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4927 4928 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 4929 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 4930 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 4931 4932 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4933 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4934 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4935 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4936 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4937 D.setInvalidType(); 4938 } 4939 } 4940 4941 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4942 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4943 // an error here 4944 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4945 D.setInvalidType(); 4946 SC = SC_None; 4947 } 4948 4949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4950 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4951 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4952 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4953 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4954 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4955 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4956 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4957 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4958 } 4959 4960 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4961 if (!II) { 4962 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4963 << Name; 4964 return 0; 4965 } 4966 4967 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4968 4969 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4970 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4971 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4972 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4973 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4974 // is a GNU extension. 4975 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4976 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4977 else 4978 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4979 D.setInvalidType(); 4980 } 4981 } 4982 4983 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4984 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4985 // OpenCL __local address space. 4986 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4987 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4988 } 4989 4990 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4991 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4992 // space qualifiers. 4993 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4994 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4995 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4996 } 4997 4998 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4999 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5000 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5001 // address space qualifiers. 5002 if (R->isEventT()) { 5003 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 5004 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5005 D.setInvalidType(); 5006 } 5007 5008 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5009 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5010 D.setInvalidType(); 5011 } 5012 } 5013 } 5014 5015 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5016 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5017 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5018 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5019 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0; 5020 VarDecl *NewVD = 0; 5021 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0; 5022 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5023 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5024 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5025 R, TInfo, SC); 5026 5027 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5028 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5029 } else { 5030 bool Invalid = false; 5031 5032 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5033 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5034 switch (SC) { 5035 case SC_None: 5036 break; 5037 case SC_Static: 5038 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5039 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5040 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5041 break; 5042 case SC_Auto: 5043 case SC_Register: 5044 case SC_Extern: 5045 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5046 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5047 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5048 // of class members 5049 5050 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5051 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5052 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5053 break; 5054 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5055 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5056 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5057 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5058 } 5059 } 5060 5061 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5062 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5063 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5064 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5065 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5066 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5067 5068 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5069 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5070 if (RD->isUnion()) 5071 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5072 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5073 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5074 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5075 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5076 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5078 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5079 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5080 } 5081 } 5082 5083 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 5084 if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end()) 5085 PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5086 PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl); 5087 5088 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5089 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5090 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 5091 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5092 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5093 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 5094 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5095 if (TemplateParams) { 5096 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5097 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5098 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5099 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5100 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5101 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5102 << II 5103 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5104 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5105 } else { 5106 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5107 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5108 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5109 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5110 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5111 5112 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5113 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5114 // Check that we can declare a specialization here 5115 5116 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5117 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5118 5119 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5120 // This is a template declaration. 5121 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5122 5123 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5124 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5125 return 0; 5126 5127 // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check 5128 // whether this is a valid redeclaration. 5129 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) 5130 PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0; 5131 5132 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 5133 // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible. 5134 if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual( 5135 TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5136 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 5137 return 0; 5138 } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5139 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5140 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5141 5142 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5143 PrevDecl = 0; 5144 } else if (PrevDecl) { 5145 // C++ [temp]p5: 5146 // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class 5147 // scope shall be unique in that scope. 5148 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 5149 << Name; 5150 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5151 return 0; 5152 } 5153 5154 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5155 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5156 // template declaration. 5157 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5158 TemplateParams, 5159 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5160 : 0, 5161 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5162 DC->isDependentContext()) 5163 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5164 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5165 Invalid = true; 5166 5167 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5168 // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining 5169 // the template out-of-line. 5170 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid && 5171 !PrevVarTemplate) { 5172 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match) 5173 << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true 5174 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5175 Invalid = true; 5176 } 5177 } 5178 } 5179 } 5180 } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5181 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5182 5183 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5184 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5185 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5186 // too few of them). 5187 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5188 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5189 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5190 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5191 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5192 "template<> "); 5193 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5194 } 5195 5196 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5197 if (!PrevVarTemplate) { 5198 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template) 5199 << IsPartialSpecialization; 5200 return 0; 5201 } 5202 5203 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5204 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5205 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5206 : SourceLocation(); 5207 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5208 S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5209 IsPartialSpecialization); 5210 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5211 return 0; 5212 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5213 AddToScope = false; 5214 } else 5215 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5216 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5217 5218 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5219 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5220 NewTemplate = 5221 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5222 TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate); 5223 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5224 } 5225 5226 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5227 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5228 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5229 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5230 5231 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5232 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5233 if (NewTemplate) 5234 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5235 } 5236 5237 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5238 5239 // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()? 5240 if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 && 5241 (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) { 5242 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5243 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data()); 5244 } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || 5245 (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && 5246 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) { 5247 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5248 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5249 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5250 } 5251 5252 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5253 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5254 } 5255 5256 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5257 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5258 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5259 if (NewTemplate) 5260 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5261 5262 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5263 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5264 5265 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5266 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5267 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5268 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5269 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5270 // explicitly. 5271 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5272 // 'extern'. 5273 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5274 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5275 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5276 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5277 else 5278 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5279 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5280 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5281 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5282 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5283 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5284 else 5285 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5286 } 5287 5288 // C99 6.7.4p3 5289 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5290 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5291 // thread storage duration... 5292 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5293 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5294 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5295 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5296 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5297 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5298 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5299 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5300 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5301 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5302 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5303 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5304 } 5305 } 5306 5307 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5308 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5309 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5310 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5311 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5312 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5313 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5314 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5315 << 2 5316 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5317 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5318 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5319 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5320 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5322 else { 5323 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5324 if (NewTemplate) 5325 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5326 } 5327 } 5328 5329 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5330 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5331 5332 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5333 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5334 5335 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5336 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5337 // storage [duration]." 5338 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5339 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5340 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5341 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5342 } 5343 } 5344 5345 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5346 // retainable type. 5347 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5348 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5349 5350 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5351 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5352 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5353 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5354 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5355 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5356 switch (SC) { 5357 case SC_None: 5358 case SC_Auto: 5359 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5360 break; 5361 case SC_Register: 5362 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5363 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5364 break; 5365 case SC_Static: 5366 case SC_Extern: 5367 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5368 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5369 break; 5370 } 5371 } 5372 5373 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5374 Context, Label)); 5375 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5376 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5377 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5378 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5379 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5380 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5381 } 5382 } 5383 5384 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5385 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5386 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5387 5388 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5389 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5390 // declaration has linkage). 5391 FilterLookupForScope( 5392 Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5393 IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5394 5395 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5396 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5397 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5398 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5399 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5400 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5401 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5402 5403 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5404 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5405 } else { 5406 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5407 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5408 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5409 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5410 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5411 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5412 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5413 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5414 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5415 Previous.clear(); 5416 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5417 } 5418 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5419 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5420 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5421 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5422 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5423 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5424 } 5425 5426 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5427 if (PrevVarTemplate) { 5428 LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D), 5429 LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration); 5430 PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); 5431 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl)); 5432 } else 5433 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5434 } 5435 5436 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5437 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5438 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5439 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5440 } 5441 5442 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5443 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5444 5445 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5446 // the map of such variables. 5447 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5448 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5449 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5450 5451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5452 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5453 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5454 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5455 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5456 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD)); 5457 } 5458 } 5459 5460 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5461 // template, make a note of that. 5462 if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5463 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5464 5465 if (NewTemplate) { 5466 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5467 return NewTemplate; 5468 } 5469 5470 return NewVD; 5471 } 5472 5473 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5474 /// -Wshadow. 5475 /// 5476 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5477 /// scope. 5478 /// 5479 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5480 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5481 /// 5482 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5483 // Return if warning is ignored. 5484 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5485 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5486 return; 5487 5488 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5489 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5490 return; 5491 5492 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5493 5494 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5495 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5496 return; 5497 5498 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5499 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5500 return; 5501 5502 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5503 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5504 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5505 if (MD->isStatic()) 5506 return; 5507 5508 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5509 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5510 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5511 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5512 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5513 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5514 I != E; ++I) 5515 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5516 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5517 break; 5518 } 5519 } 5520 5521 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5522 5523 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5524 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5525 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5526 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5527 return; 5528 5529 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5530 // static data members from base classes? 5531 5532 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5533 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5534 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5535 } 5536 5537 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5538 unsigned Kind; 5539 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5540 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5541 Kind = 3; // field 5542 else 5543 Kind = 2; // static data member 5544 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5545 Kind = 1; // global 5546 else 5547 Kind = 0; // local 5548 5549 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5550 5551 // Emit warning and note. 5552 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5553 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5554 } 5555 5556 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5557 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5558 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5559 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5560 return; 5561 5562 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5563 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5564 LookupName(R, S); 5565 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5566 } 5567 5568 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5569 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5570 template<typename T> 5571 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5572 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5573 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5574 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5575 5576 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5577 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5578 // declaration. 5579 return false; 5580 } 5581 5582 if (Prev) { 5583 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5584 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5585 // redeclaration. 5586 Previous.clear(); 5587 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5588 return true; 5589 } 5590 5591 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5592 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5593 // declaration. 5594 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5595 return false; 5596 } else { 5597 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5598 // translation unit which might conflict. 5599 if (IsGlobal) { 5600 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5601 IsGlobal = false; 5602 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5603 I != E; ++I) { 5604 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5605 Prev = *I; 5606 break; 5607 } 5608 } 5609 } else { 5610 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5611 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5612 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5613 I != E; ++I) { 5614 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5615 Prev = *I; 5616 break; 5617 } 5618 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5619 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5620 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5621 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5622 // diagnostic. 5623 } 5624 } 5625 5626 if (!Prev) 5627 return false; 5628 } 5629 5630 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5631 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5632 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5633 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5634 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5635 else 5636 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5637 5638 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5639 << IsGlobal << ND; 5640 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5641 << IsGlobal; 5642 return false; 5643 } 5644 5645 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5646 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5647 /// 5648 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5649 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5650 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5651 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5652 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5653 template<typename T> 5654 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5655 LookupResult &Previous) { 5656 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5657 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5658 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5659 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5660 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5661 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5662 Previous.clear(); 5663 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5664 return true; 5665 } 5666 } 5667 return false; 5668 } 5669 5670 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5671 // declaration. 5672 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5673 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5674 5675 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5676 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5677 // in another scope. 5678 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5679 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5680 5681 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5682 return false; 5683 } 5684 5685 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5686 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5687 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5688 return; 5689 5690 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5691 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5692 5693 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5694 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5695 return; 5696 5697 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5698 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5700 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5701 NewVD->setType(T); 5702 } 5703 5704 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5705 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5706 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5707 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5708 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5709 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5710 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5711 return; 5712 } 5713 5714 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5715 // __constant address space. 5716 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5717 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5718 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5719 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5720 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5721 return; 5722 } 5723 5724 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5725 // scope. 5726 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5727 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5728 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5729 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5730 return; 5731 } 5732 5733 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5734 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5735 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5736 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5737 else { 5738 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5739 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5740 } 5741 } 5742 5743 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5744 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5745 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5746 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5747 5748 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5749 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5750 bool SizeIsNegative; 5751 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5752 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5753 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5754 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5755 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5756 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5757 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5758 // int a[10][n]; 5759 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5760 5761 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5762 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5763 << SizeRange; 5764 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5765 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5766 << SizeRange; 5767 else 5768 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5769 << SizeRange; 5770 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5771 return; 5772 } 5773 5774 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5775 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5777 else 5778 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5779 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5780 return; 5781 } 5782 5783 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5784 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5785 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5786 } 5787 5788 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5789 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5790 // of objects and functions. 5791 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5792 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5793 << T; 5794 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5795 return; 5796 } 5797 } 5798 5799 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5800 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5801 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5802 return; 5803 } 5804 5805 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5806 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5807 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5808 return; 5809 } 5810 5811 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5812 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5813 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5814 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5815 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5816 return; 5817 } 5818 } 5819 5820 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5821 /// declaration. 5822 /// 5823 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5824 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5825 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5826 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5827 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5828 /// 5829 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5830 /// 5831 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5832 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 5833 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5834 5835 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5836 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5837 return false; 5838 5839 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5840 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5841 if (Previous.empty() && 5842 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 5843 Previous.setShadowed(); 5844 5845 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5846 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5847 5848 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5849 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5850 return true; 5851 } 5852 return false; 5853 } 5854 5855 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5856 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5857 Sema *S; 5858 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5859 }; 5860 5861 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5862 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5863 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5864 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5865 CXXBasePath &Path, 5866 void *UserData) { 5867 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5868 5869 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5870 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5871 5872 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5873 5874 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5875 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5876 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5877 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5878 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5879 5880 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5881 } 5882 5883 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5884 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5885 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5886 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5887 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5888 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5889 return true; 5890 } 5891 } 5892 5893 return false; 5894 } 5895 5896 namespace { 5897 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5898 } 5899 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5900 /// overriden methods. 5901 /// 5902 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5903 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5904 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5905 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5906 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5907 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5908 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5909 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5910 I != E; ++I) { 5911 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5912 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5913 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5914 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5915 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5916 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5917 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5918 } 5919 } 5920 5921 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5922 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5923 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5924 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5925 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5926 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5927 Data.Method = MD; 5928 Data.S = this; 5929 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5930 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5931 bool AddedAny = false; 5932 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5933 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5934 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5935 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5936 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5937 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5938 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5939 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5940 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5941 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5942 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5943 AddedAny = true; 5944 } 5945 } 5946 } 5947 } 5948 5949 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5950 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5951 } 5952 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5953 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5954 } 5955 5956 return AddedAny; 5957 } 5958 5959 namespace { 5960 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5961 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5962 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5963 Scope *S; 5964 Declarator &D; 5965 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5966 bool AddToScope; 5967 }; 5968 } 5969 5970 namespace { 5971 5972 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5973 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5974 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5975 public: 5976 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5977 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5978 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5979 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5980 5981 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5982 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5983 return false; 5984 5985 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5986 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5987 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5988 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5989 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5990 5991 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5992 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5993 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5994 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5995 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5996 return true; 5997 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5998 return true; 5999 } 6000 } 6001 } 6002 6003 return false; 6004 } 6005 6006 private: 6007 ASTContext &Context; 6008 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6009 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6010 }; 6011 6012 } 6013 6014 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6015 /// 6016 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6017 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6018 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6019 /// the same name. 6020 /// 6021 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6022 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6023 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6024 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6025 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6026 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6027 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6028 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6029 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6030 TypoCorrection Correction; 6031 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6032 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6033 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6034 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6035 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6036 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6037 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6038 6039 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6040 if (IsLocalFriend) 6041 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6042 else 6043 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6044 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6045 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6046 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6047 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6048 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 6049 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6050 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6051 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6052 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6053 if (FD && 6054 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6055 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6056 // involve a parameter 6057 unsigned ParamNum = 6058 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6059 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6060 } 6061 } 6062 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6063 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6064 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6065 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6066 IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) { 6067 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6068 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6069 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6070 Previous.clear(); 6071 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6072 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6073 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6074 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6075 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6076 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6077 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6078 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6079 } 6080 } 6081 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6082 6083 NamedDecl *Result; 6084 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6085 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6086 { 6087 // Trap errors. 6088 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6089 6090 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6091 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6092 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6093 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6094 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6095 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6096 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6097 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6098 6099 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6100 Result = 0; 6101 } 6102 6103 if (Result) { 6104 // Determine which correction we picked. 6105 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6106 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6107 I != E; ++I) 6108 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6109 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6110 6111 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6112 Correction, 6113 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6114 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6115 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6116 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6117 return Result; 6118 } 6119 6120 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6121 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6122 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6123 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6124 Previous.clear(); 6125 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6126 } 6127 6128 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6129 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6130 6131 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6132 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6133 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6134 6135 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6136 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6137 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6138 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6139 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6140 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6141 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6142 6143 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6144 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6145 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6146 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6147 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6148 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6149 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6150 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6151 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6152 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6153 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6154 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6155 } else 6156 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6157 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6158 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6159 } 6160 return 0; 6161 } 6162 6163 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6164 Declarator &D) { 6165 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6166 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6167 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6168 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6169 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6170 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6171 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6172 D.setInvalidType(); 6173 break; 6174 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6175 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6176 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6177 return SC_None; 6178 return SC_Extern; 6179 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6180 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6181 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6182 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6183 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6184 // other than extern 6185 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6186 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6187 diag::err_static_block_func); 6188 break; 6189 } else 6190 return SC_Static; 6191 } 6192 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6193 } 6194 6195 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6196 return SC_None; 6197 } 6198 6199 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6200 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6201 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6202 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6203 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6204 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6205 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6206 6207 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6208 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6209 6210 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6211 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6212 // prototype. This true when: 6213 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6214 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6215 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6216 bool HasPrototype = 6217 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6218 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6219 6220 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6221 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6222 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6223 HasPrototype, false); 6224 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6225 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6226 6227 // Set the lexical context. 6228 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6229 6230 return NewFD; 6231 } 6232 6233 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6234 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6235 6236 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6237 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6238 // the class has been completely parsed. 6239 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6240 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6241 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 6242 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6243 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6244 D.setInvalidType(); 6245 6246 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6247 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6248 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6249 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6250 6251 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6252 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6253 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6254 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6255 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6256 isConstexpr); 6257 6258 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6259 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6260 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6261 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6262 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6263 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6264 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6265 D.getLocStart(), 6266 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6267 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6268 6269 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6270 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6271 // it yet. 6272 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6273 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6274 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6275 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6276 } 6277 6278 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 6279 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 6280 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 6281 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 6282 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 6283 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 6284 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 6285 } 6286 6287 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6288 return NewDD; 6289 6290 } else { 6291 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6292 D.setInvalidType(); 6293 6294 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6295 // code path. 6296 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6297 D.getLocStart(), 6298 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6299 SC, isInline, 6300 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6301 } 6302 6303 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6304 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6305 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6306 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6307 return 0; 6308 } 6309 6310 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6311 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6312 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6313 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6314 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6315 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6316 6317 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6318 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6319 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6320 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6321 // constructor if it has no return type). 6322 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6323 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6324 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6325 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6326 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6327 return 0; 6328 } 6329 6330 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6331 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6332 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6333 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6334 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6335 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6336 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6337 return Ret; 6338 } else { 6339 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6340 // prototype. This true when: 6341 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6342 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6343 D.getLocStart(), 6344 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6345 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6346 } 6347 } 6348 6349 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 6350 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 6351 // typedef of void is not permitted. 6352 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6353 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 6354 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 6355 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 6356 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 6357 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 6358 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 6359 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 6360 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 6361 << IsTypeAlias; 6362 } 6363 } 6364 6365 enum OpenCLParamType { 6366 ValidKernelParam, 6367 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6368 PtrKernelParam, 6369 InvalidKernelParam, 6370 RecordKernelParam 6371 }; 6372 6373 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6374 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6375 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6376 return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam; 6377 } 6378 6379 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6380 // be used as builtin types. 6381 6382 if (PT->isImageType()) 6383 return PtrKernelParam; 6384 6385 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6386 return InvalidKernelParam; 6387 6388 if (PT->isEventT()) 6389 return InvalidKernelParam; 6390 6391 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6392 return InvalidKernelParam; 6393 6394 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6395 return RecordKernelParam; 6396 6397 return ValidKernelParam; 6398 } 6399 6400 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6401 Sema &S, 6402 Declarator &D, 6403 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6404 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6405 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6406 6407 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6408 // used again 6409 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6410 return; 6411 6412 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6413 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6414 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6415 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6416 // pointer to a pointer type. 6417 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6418 D.setInvalidType(); 6419 return; 6420 6421 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6422 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6423 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6424 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6425 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6426 6427 case InvalidKernelParam: 6428 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6429 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6430 // of event_t type. 6431 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6432 D.setInvalidType(); 6433 return; 6434 6435 case PtrKernelParam: 6436 case ValidKernelParam: 6437 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6438 return; 6439 6440 case RecordKernelParam: 6441 break; 6442 } 6443 6444 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6445 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6446 6447 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6448 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6449 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6450 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6451 6452 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6453 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6454 6455 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6456 6457 do { 6458 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6459 if (!Next) { 6460 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6461 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6462 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6463 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6464 6465 continue; 6466 } 6467 6468 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6469 // field itself) to the history stack. 6470 const RecordDecl *RD; 6471 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6472 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6473 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6474 } else { 6475 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6476 } 6477 6478 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6479 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6480 6481 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), 6482 E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6483 const FieldDecl *FD = *I; 6484 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6485 6486 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6487 continue; 6488 6489 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6490 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6491 continue; 6492 6493 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6494 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6495 continue; 6496 } 6497 6498 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6499 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6500 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6501 // union. 6502 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) { 6503 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6504 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6505 << PT->isUnionType() 6506 << PT; 6507 } else { 6508 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6509 } 6510 6511 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6512 << PD->getDeclName(); 6513 6514 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6515 // the offending field came from 6516 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6517 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6518 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6519 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6520 << OuterField->getType(); 6521 } 6522 6523 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6524 << QT->isPointerType() 6525 << QT; 6526 D.setInvalidType(); 6527 return; 6528 } 6529 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6530 } 6531 6532 NamedDecl* 6533 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6534 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6535 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6536 bool &AddToScope) { 6537 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6538 6539 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6540 6541 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6542 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6543 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6544 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6545 6546 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6547 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6548 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6549 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6550 6551 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6552 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6553 6554 bool isFriend = false; 6555 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6556 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6557 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6558 6559 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6560 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6561 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6562 6563 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6564 6565 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6566 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6567 6568 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6569 isVirtualOkay); 6570 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6571 6572 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6573 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6574 6575 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6576 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6577 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6578 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6579 6580 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6581 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6582 6583 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6584 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6585 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6586 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6587 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6588 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6589 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6590 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6591 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6592 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6593 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6594 } 6595 6596 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6597 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6598 // return true). 6599 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6600 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6601 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6602 NewFD->setPure(true); 6603 } 6604 6605 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6606 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6607 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6608 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6609 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6610 6611 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6612 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6613 bool Invalid = false; 6614 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6615 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6616 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6617 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6618 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6619 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6620 // This is a function template 6621 6622 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6623 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6624 return 0; 6625 6626 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6627 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6628 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6629 return 0; 6630 } 6631 6632 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6633 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6634 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6635 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6636 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6637 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6638 Invalid = true; 6639 } 6640 6641 6642 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6643 NewFD->getLocation(), 6644 Name, TemplateParams, 6645 NewFD); 6646 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6647 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6648 6649 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6650 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6651 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6652 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6653 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6654 } 6655 } else { 6656 // This is a function template specialization. 6657 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6658 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6659 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6660 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6661 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6662 6663 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6664 if (isFriend) { 6665 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6666 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6667 6668 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6669 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6670 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6671 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6672 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6673 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6674 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6675 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6676 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6677 } 6678 6679 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6680 << Name << RemoveRange 6681 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6682 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6683 } 6684 } 6685 } 6686 else { 6687 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6688 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6689 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6690 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6691 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6692 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6693 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6694 } 6695 6696 if (Invalid) { 6697 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6698 if (FunctionTemplate) 6699 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6700 } 6701 6702 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6703 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6704 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6705 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6706 // 6707 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6708 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6709 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6710 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6711 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6712 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6713 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6714 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6715 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6716 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6717 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6718 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6719 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6720 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6721 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6722 } else { 6723 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6724 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6725 } 6726 6727 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6728 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6729 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6730 } 6731 6732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && NewFD->isDependentContext() && 6733 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 6734 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 6735 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 6736 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 6737 // thing to do. 6738 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6739 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6740 QualType Result = SubstAutoType(FPT->getResultType(), 6741 Context.DependentTy); 6742 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getArgTypes(), 6743 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 6744 } 6745 6746 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6747 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6748 // declaration. 6749 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6750 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6751 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6752 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6753 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6754 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6755 } 6756 } 6757 6758 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6759 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6760 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6761 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6762 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6763 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6764 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6765 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6766 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6767 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6768 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6769 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6770 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6771 // or conversion function. 6772 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6773 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6774 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6775 } 6776 } 6777 6778 if (isConstexpr) { 6779 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6780 // are implicitly inline. 6781 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6782 6783 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6784 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6785 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6786 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6787 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6788 } 6789 6790 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6791 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6792 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6793 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6794 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6795 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6796 << 0 6797 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6798 } else { 6799 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6800 if (FunctionTemplate) 6801 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6802 } 6803 } 6804 6805 if (isFriend) { 6806 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6807 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6808 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6809 } 6810 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6811 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6812 } 6813 6814 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6815 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6816 case FDK_Declaration: 6817 case FDK_Definition: 6818 break; 6819 6820 case FDK_Defaulted: 6821 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6822 break; 6823 6824 case FDK_Deleted: 6825 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6826 break; 6827 } 6828 6829 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6830 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6831 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6832 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6833 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6834 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6835 } 6836 6837 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6838 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6839 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6840 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6841 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6842 // the class. 6843 6844 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6845 // member function definition. 6846 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6847 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6848 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6849 } 6850 6851 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6852 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6853 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6854 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6855 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6856 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6857 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6858 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6859 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6860 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6861 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6862 } 6863 6864 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 6865 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 6866 // 6867 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 6868 if (isInline && NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) 6869 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6870 diag::err_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 6871 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6872 } 6873 6874 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6875 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6876 isExplicitSpecialization || 6877 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6878 6879 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6880 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6881 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6882 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6883 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6884 SE->getString())); 6885 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6886 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6887 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6888 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6889 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6890 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6891 } 6892 } 6893 6894 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6895 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6896 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6897 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6898 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6899 6900 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6901 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6902 // single void argument. 6903 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6904 // already checks for that case. 6905 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6906 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6907 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6908 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6909 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6910 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6911 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6912 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6913 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6914 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6915 Params.push_back(Param); 6916 6917 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6918 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6919 } 6920 } 6921 6922 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6923 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6924 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6925 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6926 // 6927 // @code 6928 // typedef void fn(int); 6929 // fn f; 6930 // @endcode 6931 6932 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6933 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6934 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6935 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6936 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6937 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6938 Params.push_back(Param); 6939 } 6940 } else { 6941 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6942 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6943 } 6944 6945 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6946 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6947 6948 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6949 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6950 // 6951 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6952 // 6953 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6954 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6955 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6956 6957 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6958 NewFD->addAttr( 6959 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6960 Context)); 6961 6962 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6963 // because all functions have linkage. 6964 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6965 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6966 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6967 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6968 } 6969 6970 // Handle attributes. 6971 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 6972 6973 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6974 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6975 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6976 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6977 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6978 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6979 // Attach the attribute to the new decl. Don't apply the attribute if it 6980 // returns an instance of the class (e.g. assignment operators). 6981 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) { 6982 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6983 Context)); 6984 } 6985 } 6986 6987 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6988 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6989 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6990 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6991 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6992 6993 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 6994 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 6995 6996 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6997 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6998 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6999 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7000 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7001 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7002 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7003 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7004 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7005 } else { 7006 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7007 // argument list into our AST format. 7008 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7009 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7010 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7011 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7012 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7013 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7014 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7015 TemplateArgs); 7016 7017 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7018 7019 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7020 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7021 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7022 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7023 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7024 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7025 7026 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7027 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7028 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 7029 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 7030 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 7031 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 7032 // too few of them). 7033 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 7034 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 7035 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 7036 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 7037 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 7038 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 7039 "template<> "); 7040 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7041 } else { 7042 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7043 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7044 } 7045 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7046 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7047 // wrote something like: 7048 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7049 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7050 // friend void foo<>(int); 7051 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7052 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7053 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7054 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7055 } 7056 7057 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7058 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7059 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7060 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7061 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7062 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7063 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7064 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7065 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7066 InstantiationDependent))) { 7067 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7068 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7069 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7070 Previous)) 7071 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7072 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7073 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7074 && !isFriend) { 7075 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7076 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7077 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7078 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7079 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7080 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7081 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 7082 Previous)) 7083 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7084 7085 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7086 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7087 // specialization (14.7.3) 7088 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7089 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7090 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7091 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7092 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7093 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7094 << SC 7095 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7096 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7097 7098 else 7099 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7100 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7101 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7102 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7103 } 7104 7105 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7106 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7107 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7108 } 7109 7110 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7111 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7112 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7113 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7114 7115 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7116 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7117 7118 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7119 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 7120 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 7121 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7122 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 7123 } else 7124 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7125 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7126 } 7127 7128 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7129 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7130 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7131 7132 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7133 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7134 : NewFD); 7135 7136 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7137 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7138 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7139 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7140 7141 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7142 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7143 } 7144 7145 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7146 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7147 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7148 7149 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7150 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7151 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7152 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7153 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7154 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7155 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7156 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7157 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7158 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7159 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7160 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7161 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7162 DC->isDependentContext()) 7163 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7164 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7165 } 7166 7167 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7168 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7169 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7170 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7171 AddToScope }; 7172 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7173 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7174 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7175 7176 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7177 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7178 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7179 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7180 7181 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7182 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7183 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7184 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7185 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7186 // can actually do this check immediately. 7187 if (isFriend && 7188 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7189 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7190 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7191 // ignore these 7192 } else { 7193 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7194 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7195 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7196 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7197 // 7198 // class X { 7199 // void f() const; 7200 // }; 7201 // 7202 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7203 // 7204 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7205 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7206 // whether the parameter types are references). 7207 7208 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7209 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) { 7210 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7211 return Result; 7212 } 7213 } 7214 7215 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7216 // to something. 7217 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7218 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7219 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7220 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7221 return Result; 7222 } 7223 } 7224 7225 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7226 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7227 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7228 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7229 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7230 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7231 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7232 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7233 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7234 // generate them. 7235 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7236 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7237 } 7238 } 7239 7240 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7241 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7242 7243 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7244 7245 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7246 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7247 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7248 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7249 << NewFD; 7250 7251 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7252 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7253 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7254 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7255 EPI.Variadic = true; 7256 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7257 7258 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 7259 NewFD->setType(R); 7260 } 7261 7262 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7263 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7264 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7265 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7266 7267 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7268 // marking the function. 7269 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7270 7271 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7272 // the map of such variables. 7273 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7274 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7275 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7276 7277 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7278 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7279 7280 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7281 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7282 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7283 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7284 return FunctionTemplate; 7285 } 7286 } 7287 7288 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7289 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7290 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7291 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7292 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7293 D.setInvalidType(); 7294 } 7295 7296 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7297 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 7298 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7299 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7300 D.setInvalidType(); 7301 } 7302 7303 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7304 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 7305 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 7306 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 7307 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7308 } 7309 } 7310 7311 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7312 7313 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7314 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7315 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7316 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7317 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7318 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 7319 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7320 7321 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7322 } 7323 } 7324 7325 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7326 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7327 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7328 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7329 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7330 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7331 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7332 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7333 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7334 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7335 AddToScope = false; 7336 } 7337 7338 return NewFD; 7339 } 7340 7341 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7342 /// 7343 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7344 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7345 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7346 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7347 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7348 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7349 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7350 /// 7351 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7352 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7353 /// 7354 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7355 /// 7356 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7357 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7358 LookupResult &Previous, 7359 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7360 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 7361 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7362 7363 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7364 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7365 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7366 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7367 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7368 7369 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7370 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7371 7372 bool Redeclaration = false; 7373 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7374 7375 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7376 // the same name, if appropriate. 7377 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7378 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7379 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7380 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7381 // function to the scope. 7382 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7383 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7384 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7385 Redeclaration = true; 7386 OldDecl = Candidate; 7387 } 7388 } else { 7389 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7390 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7391 case Ovl_Match: 7392 Redeclaration = true; 7393 break; 7394 7395 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7396 Redeclaration = true; 7397 break; 7398 7399 case Ovl_Overload: 7400 Redeclaration = false; 7401 break; 7402 } 7403 7404 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7405 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7406 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7407 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7408 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7409 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7410 if (Redeclaration) 7411 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7412 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7413 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7414 if (OverloadedDecl) 7415 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7416 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7417 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7418 Context)); 7419 } 7420 } 7421 } 7422 7423 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7424 if (!Redeclaration && 7425 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7426 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7427 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7428 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7429 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7430 Redeclaration = true; 7431 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7432 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7433 7434 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7435 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7436 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7437 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7438 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7439 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7440 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7441 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 7442 Context)); 7443 } 7444 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7445 Redeclaration = false; 7446 OldDecl = 0; 7447 } 7448 } 7449 } 7450 } 7451 7452 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7453 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7454 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7455 // 7456 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7457 // definition of a static member function. 7458 // 7459 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7460 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7461 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7462 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7463 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7464 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7465 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7466 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 7467 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 7468 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 7469 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7470 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7471 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7472 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7473 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7474 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 7475 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 7476 7477 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7478 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7479 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7480 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7481 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7482 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7483 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7484 7485 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7486 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7487 } 7488 } 7489 } 7490 7491 if (Redeclaration) { 7492 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7493 // merged. 7494 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7495 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7496 return Redeclaration; 7497 } 7498 7499 Previous.clear(); 7500 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7501 7502 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7503 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7504 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7505 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7506 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7507 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7508 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7509 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7510 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7511 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7512 } 7513 7514 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7515 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7516 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7517 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7518 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7519 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7520 } 7521 7522 } else { 7523 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7524 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7525 7526 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7527 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7528 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7529 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7530 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7531 7532 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7533 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7534 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7535 7536 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7537 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7538 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7539 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7540 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7541 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7542 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7543 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7544 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7545 } 7546 } 7547 } 7548 } 7549 } 7550 7551 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7552 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7553 // C++-specific checks. 7554 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7555 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7556 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7557 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7558 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7559 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7560 7561 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7562 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7563 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7564 DeclarationName Name 7565 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7566 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7567 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7568 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7569 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7570 return Redeclaration; 7571 } 7572 } 7573 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7574 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7575 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7576 } 7577 7578 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7579 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7580 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7581 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7582 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7583 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7584 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7585 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7586 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7587 } 7588 } 7589 } 7590 7591 if (Method->isStatic()) 7592 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7593 } 7594 7595 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7596 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7597 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7598 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7599 return Redeclaration; 7600 } 7601 7602 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7603 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7604 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7605 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7606 return Redeclaration; 7607 } 7608 7609 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7610 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7611 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7612 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7613 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7614 7615 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7616 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7617 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7618 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7619 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7620 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7621 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7622 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7623 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7624 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7625 } 7626 } 7627 7628 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7629 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7630 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7631 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7632 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7633 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 7634 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7635 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7636 << NewFD << R; 7637 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7638 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7639 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7640 } 7641 } 7642 return Redeclaration; 7643 } 7644 7645 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7646 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7647 if (!TSI) 7648 return SourceRange(); 7649 7650 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7651 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7652 if (!FunctionTL) 7653 return SourceRange(); 7654 7655 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 7656 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7657 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7658 7659 return SourceRange(); 7660 } 7661 7662 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7663 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 7664 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 7665 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7666 // appear in a declaration of main. 7667 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7668 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7669 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7670 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7671 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7672 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7673 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7674 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7676 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7677 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7678 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7679 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7680 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7681 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7682 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7683 } 7684 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7685 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7686 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7687 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7688 } 7689 7690 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7691 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7692 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7693 7694 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7695 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7696 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7697 // set the flag which tells us that. 7698 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7699 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7700 7701 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7702 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7703 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7704 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7705 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7706 7707 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7708 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7709 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7710 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7711 7712 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7713 } else { 7714 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7715 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7716 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7717 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7718 else 7719 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7720 7721 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7722 } 7723 7724 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7725 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7726 7727 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7728 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7729 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7730 7731 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7732 7733 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7734 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7735 // getting shifty. 7736 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7737 HasExtraParameters = false; 7738 7739 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7740 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7741 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7742 nparams = 3; 7743 } 7744 7745 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7746 // if we had some location information about types. 7747 7748 QualType CharPP = 7749 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7750 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7751 7752 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7753 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7754 7755 bool mismatch = true; 7756 7757 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7758 mismatch = false; 7759 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7760 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7761 // char const ** 7762 // char const * const * 7763 // char * const * 7764 7765 QualifierCollector qs; 7766 const PointerType* PT; 7767 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7768 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7769 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7770 Context.CharTy)) { 7771 qs.removeConst(); 7772 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7773 } 7774 } 7775 7776 if (mismatch) { 7777 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7778 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7779 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7780 } 7781 } 7782 7783 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7784 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7785 } 7786 7787 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7788 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName(); 7789 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7790 } 7791 } 7792 7793 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7794 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7795 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7796 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7797 7798 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 7799 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 7800 if (FT->getResultType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 7801 FT->getResultType()->isAnyPointerType() || 7802 FT->getResultType()->isNullPtrType()) 7803 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 7804 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 7805 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7806 7807 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7808 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName(); 7809 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7810 } 7811 } 7812 7813 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7814 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7815 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7816 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7817 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7818 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7819 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7820 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7821 // rules there don't matter.) 7822 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7823 return false; 7824 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7825 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7826 return true; 7827 } 7828 7829 namespace { 7830 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7831 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7832 class SelfReferenceChecker 7833 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7834 Sema &S; 7835 Decl *OrigDecl; 7836 bool isRecordType; 7837 bool isPODType; 7838 bool isReferenceType; 7839 7840 public: 7841 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7842 7843 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7844 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7845 isPODType = false; 7846 isRecordType = false; 7847 isReferenceType = false; 7848 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7849 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7850 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7851 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7852 } 7853 } 7854 7855 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7856 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7857 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7858 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7859 if (isReferenceType) 7860 return; 7861 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7862 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7863 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7864 return; 7865 } 7866 7867 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7868 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7869 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7870 return; 7871 } 7872 7873 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7874 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7875 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7876 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7877 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7878 return; 7879 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7880 } 7881 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7882 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7883 return; 7884 } 7885 } 7886 7887 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7888 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7889 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7890 if (isReferenceType) 7891 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7892 } 7893 7894 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7895 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7896 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7897 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7898 7899 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7900 } 7901 7902 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7903 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7904 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7905 7906 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7907 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7908 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7909 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7910 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7911 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7912 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7913 Warn = false; 7914 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7915 } 7916 7917 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7918 if (Warn) 7919 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7920 return; 7921 } 7922 7923 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7924 // Visit that expression. 7925 Visit(Base); 7926 } 7927 7928 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7929 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7930 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7931 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7932 7933 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7934 } 7935 7936 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7937 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7938 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7939 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7940 if (!isPODType) 7941 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7942 return; 7943 } 7944 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7945 } 7946 7947 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7948 7949 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7950 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7951 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7952 unsigned diag; 7953 if (isReferenceType) { 7954 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7955 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7956 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7957 } else { 7958 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7959 } 7960 7961 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7962 S.PDiag(diag) 7963 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7964 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7965 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7966 } 7967 }; 7968 7969 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7970 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7971 bool DirectInit) { 7972 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7973 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7974 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7975 return; 7976 7977 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7978 7979 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7980 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7981 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7982 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7983 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7984 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7985 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7986 return; 7987 7988 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7989 } 7990 } 7991 7992 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7993 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7994 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7995 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7996 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7997 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7998 // the initializer. 7999 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8000 return; 8001 8002 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8003 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8004 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8005 // Thus this grotesque test. 8006 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8007 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8008 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8009 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8010 else { 8011 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8012 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8013 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8014 } 8015 return; 8016 } 8017 8018 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8019 if (!VDecl) { 8020 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8021 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8022 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8023 return; 8024 } 8025 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8026 8027 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8028 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8029 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8030 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8031 // contains exactly one expression. 8032 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8033 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8034 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8035 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8036 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8037 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8038 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8039 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8040 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8041 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8042 return; 8043 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8044 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8045 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8046 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8047 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8048 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8049 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8050 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8051 return; 8052 } else { 8053 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8054 } 8055 } 8056 8057 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8058 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8059 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8060 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8061 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8062 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8063 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8064 return; 8065 } 8066 Init = Result.take(); 8067 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8068 } 8069 8070 QualType DeducedType; 8071 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8072 DAR_Failed) 8073 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8074 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8075 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8076 return; 8077 } 8078 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8079 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8080 8081 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8082 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8083 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8084 8085 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8086 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8087 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8088 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8089 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8090 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8091 SourceLocation Loc = 8092 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8093 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8094 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8095 } 8096 8097 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8098 // the previously declared type. 8099 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8100 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8101 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8102 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8103 } 8104 8105 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8106 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8107 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8108 return; 8109 } 8110 8111 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8112 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8113 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8114 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8115 return; 8116 } 8117 8118 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8119 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8120 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8121 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8122 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8123 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8124 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8125 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8126 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8127 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8128 return; 8129 } 8130 8131 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8132 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8133 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8134 AbstractVariableType)) 8135 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8136 } 8137 8138 const VarDecl *Def; 8139 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8140 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8141 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8142 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8143 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8144 return; 8145 } 8146 8147 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 8148 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8149 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8150 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8151 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8152 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8153 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8154 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8155 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8156 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8157 // 8158 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8159 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8160 // declaration with an initializer. 8161 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8162 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8163 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8164 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8165 return; 8166 } 8167 8168 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8169 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8170 8171 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8172 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8173 return; 8174 } 8175 } 8176 8177 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8178 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8179 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8180 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8181 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8182 return; 8183 } 8184 8185 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8186 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8187 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8188 8189 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8190 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8191 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8192 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8193 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8194 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8195 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8196 return; 8197 } 8198 Init = Result.take(); 8199 } 8200 8201 // Perform the initialization. 8202 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8203 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8204 InitializationKind Kind 8205 = DirectInit ? 8206 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8207 Init->getLocStart(), 8208 Init->getLocEnd()) 8209 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8210 VDecl->getLocation()) 8211 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8212 Init->getLocStart()); 8213 8214 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8215 if (CXXDirectInit) 8216 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8217 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8218 8219 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8220 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8221 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8222 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8223 return; 8224 } 8225 8226 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8227 } 8228 8229 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8230 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8231 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8232 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8233 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8234 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8235 } 8236 8237 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8238 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8239 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8240 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8241 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8242 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8243 8244 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8245 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8246 8247 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8248 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8249 8250 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8251 // Although this code can still have problems: 8252 // id x = self.weakProp; 8253 // id y = self.weakProp; 8254 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8255 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8256 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8257 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8258 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8259 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8260 Init->getLocStart()); 8261 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8262 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8263 } 8264 } 8265 8266 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8267 // 8268 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8269 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8270 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8271 // 8272 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8273 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8274 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8275 // 8276 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8277 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8278 false, 8279 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8280 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8281 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8282 return; 8283 } 8284 Init = Result.take(); 8285 8286 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8287 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8288 8289 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8290 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8291 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8292 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8293 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8294 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8295 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8296 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8297 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8298 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8299 // constant expressions. 8300 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8301 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8302 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8303 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8304 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8305 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8306 } 8307 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8308 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8309 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8310 // 8311 // struct S { 8312 // static const int value = 17; 8313 // }; 8314 8315 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8316 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8317 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8318 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8319 // 8320 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8321 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8322 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8323 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8324 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8325 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8326 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8327 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8328 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8329 8330 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8331 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8332 8333 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8334 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8335 // type. 8336 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8337 8338 // Require constness. 8339 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8340 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8341 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8342 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8343 8344 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8345 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8346 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8347 SourceLocation Loc; 8348 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8349 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8350 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8351 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8352 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8353 ; // Nothing to check. 8354 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8355 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8356 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8357 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8358 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8359 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8360 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8361 } else { 8362 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8363 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8364 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8365 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8366 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8367 } 8368 8369 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8370 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8371 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8372 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8374 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8375 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8376 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8377 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8378 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8379 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8380 } else { 8381 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8382 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8383 8384 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8385 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8386 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8387 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8388 } 8389 } 8390 8391 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8392 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8393 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8394 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8395 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8396 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8397 8398 } else { 8399 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8400 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8401 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8402 } 8403 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8404 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8405 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8406 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8407 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8408 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8409 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8410 8411 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8412 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8413 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8414 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8415 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8416 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8417 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8418 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8419 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8420 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8421 // initialization. 8422 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8423 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8424 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8425 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8426 } 8427 } 8428 8429 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8430 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8431 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8432 // 8433 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8434 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8435 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8436 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8437 // special case code. 8438 8439 // C++ 8.5p11: 8440 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8441 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8442 // class type. 8443 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8444 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8445 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8446 } else if (DirectInit) { 8447 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8448 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8449 } 8450 8451 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8452 } 8453 8454 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8455 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8456 /// of sanity. 8457 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8458 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8459 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8460 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8461 8462 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8463 if (!VD) return; 8464 8465 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8466 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8467 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8468 return; 8469 } 8470 8471 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8472 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8473 8474 // Require a complete type. 8475 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8476 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8477 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8478 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8479 return; 8480 } 8481 8482 // Require an abstract type. 8483 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8484 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8485 AbstractVariableType)) { 8486 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8487 return; 8488 } 8489 8490 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8491 // though. 8492 } 8493 8494 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8495 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8496 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8497 if (RealDecl == 0) 8498 return; 8499 8500 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8501 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8502 8503 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8504 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8505 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8506 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8507 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8508 return; 8509 } 8510 8511 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8512 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8513 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8514 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8515 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8516 // member. 8517 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8518 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8519 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8520 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8521 << Var->getDeclName(); 8522 else 8523 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8524 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8525 return; 8526 } 8527 8528 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8529 case VarDecl::Definition: 8530 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8531 break; 8532 8533 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8534 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8535 // a declaration. 8536 // 8537 // Fall through 8538 8539 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8540 // It's only a declaration. 8541 8542 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8543 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8544 // object shall be complete. 8545 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8546 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8547 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8548 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8549 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8550 8551 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8552 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8553 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8554 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8555 AbstractVariableType)) 8556 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8557 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8558 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8559 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8560 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8561 } 8562 8563 return; 8564 8565 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8566 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8567 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8568 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8569 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8570 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8571 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8572 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8573 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8574 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8575 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8576 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8577 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8578 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8579 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8580 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8581 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8582 // NOTE: code such as the following 8583 // static struct s; 8584 // struct s { int a; }; 8585 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8586 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8587 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8588 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8589 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8590 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8591 } 8592 } 8593 8594 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8595 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8596 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8597 return; 8598 } 8599 8600 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8601 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8602 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8603 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8604 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8605 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8606 return; 8607 } 8608 8609 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8610 // definitions with reference type. 8611 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8612 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8613 << Var->getDeclName() 8614 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8615 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8616 return; 8617 } 8618 8619 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8620 // variable with dependent type. 8621 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8622 return; 8623 8624 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8625 return; 8626 8627 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8628 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8629 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8630 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8631 return; 8632 } 8633 8634 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8635 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8636 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8637 AbstractVariableType)) { 8638 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8639 return; 8640 } 8641 8642 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8643 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8644 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8645 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8646 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8647 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8648 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8649 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8650 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8651 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8653 if (const RecordType *Record 8654 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8655 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8656 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8657 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8658 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8659 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8660 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8661 } 8662 } 8663 8664 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8665 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8666 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8667 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8668 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8669 // type shall have a user-declared default 8670 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8671 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8672 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8673 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8674 // program is ill-formed. 8675 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8676 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8677 // default-initialized; [...]. 8678 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8679 InitializationKind Kind 8680 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8681 8682 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8683 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8684 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8685 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8686 else if (Init.get()) { 8687 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8688 // This is important for template substitution. 8689 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8690 } 8691 8692 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8693 } 8694 } 8695 8696 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8697 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8698 if (!VD) { 8699 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8700 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8701 return; 8702 } 8703 8704 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8705 8706 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8707 int Error = -1; 8708 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8709 case SC_None: 8710 break; 8711 case SC_Extern: 8712 Error = 0; 8713 break; 8714 case SC_Static: 8715 Error = 1; 8716 break; 8717 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8718 Error = 2; 8719 break; 8720 case SC_Auto: 8721 Error = 3; 8722 break; 8723 case SC_Register: 8724 Error = 4; 8725 break; 8726 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8727 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8728 } 8729 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8730 Error = 5; 8731 if (Error != -1) { 8732 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8733 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8734 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8735 } 8736 } 8737 8738 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8739 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8740 8741 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8742 // local retaining variable. 8743 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8744 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8745 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8746 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8747 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8748 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8749 break; 8750 8751 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8752 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8753 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8754 break; 8755 } 8756 } 8757 8758 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8759 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 8760 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8761 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8762 var->getLocation())) { 8763 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8764 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8765 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8766 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8767 8768 if (!prev) 8769 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8770 } 8771 8772 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8773 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8774 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8775 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8776 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8777 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8778 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8779 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8780 } 8781 8782 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8783 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8784 8785 QualType type = var->getType(); 8786 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8787 8788 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8789 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8790 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8791 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8792 8793 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8794 // constructing this copy. 8795 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8796 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8797 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8798 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8799 ExprResult result 8800 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8801 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8802 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8803 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8804 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8805 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8806 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8807 } 8808 } 8809 } 8810 8811 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8812 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8813 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8814 8815 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8816 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8817 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8818 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8819 var->getLocation()) 8820 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 8821 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 8822 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 8823 // warned about them. 8824 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8825 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 8826 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8827 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8828 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8829 } 8830 8831 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8832 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8833 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8834 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8835 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8836 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8837 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8838 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8839 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8840 Notes.clear(); 8841 } 8842 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8843 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8844 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8845 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8846 } 8847 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8848 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8849 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8850 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8851 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8852 } 8853 } 8854 8855 // Require the destructor. 8856 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8857 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8858 } 8859 8860 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8861 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8862 void 8863 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8864 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8865 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8866 8867 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8868 if (!VD) 8869 return; 8870 8871 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 8872 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8873 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "used"; 8874 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 8875 } 8876 } 8877 8878 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 8879 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 8880 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 8881 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8882 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 8883 << VD->getDeclName(); 8884 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8885 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8886 } 8887 } 8888 } 8889 8890 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8891 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8892 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8893 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8894 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8895 8896 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8897 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8898 8899 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8900 // tag values. 8901 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8902 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8903 return; 8904 8905 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8906 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8907 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8908 I != E; ++I) { 8909 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8910 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8911 continue; 8912 } 8913 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8914 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8915 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8916 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8917 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8918 continue; 8919 } 8920 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8921 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8922 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8923 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8924 continue; 8925 } 8926 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8927 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8928 MagicValue, 8929 I->getMatchingCType(), 8930 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8931 I->getMustBeNull()); 8932 } 8933 } 8934 8935 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8936 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8937 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8938 8939 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8940 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8941 8942 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0; 8943 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8944 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 8945 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 8946 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 8947 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 8948 Decls.push_back(D); 8949 } 8950 8951 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 8952 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 8953 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag); 8954 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 8955 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 8956 } 8957 } 8958 8959 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8960 } 8961 8962 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8963 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8964 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8965 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 8966 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8967 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8968 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8969 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8970 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8971 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8972 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8973 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8974 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 8975 QualType Deduced; 8976 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8977 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8978 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8979 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8980 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8981 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8982 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8983 break; 8984 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8985 if (!U.isNull()) { 8986 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8987 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8988 Deduced = U; 8989 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8990 DeducedDecl = D; 8991 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8992 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8993 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8994 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8995 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8996 << U << D->getDeclName() 8997 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8998 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8999 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9000 break; 9001 } 9002 } 9003 } 9004 } 9005 } 9006 9007 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9008 9009 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9010 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9011 } 9012 9013 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9014 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9015 } 9016 9017 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9018 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9019 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9020 return; 9021 9022 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9023 Group[0]->getLocation()) 9024 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 9025 return; 9026 9027 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9028 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9029 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9030 // additional declaration references: 9031 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9032 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9033 // 'struct S *pS;' 9034 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9035 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9036 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9037 Group = Group.slice(1); 9038 } 9039 } 9040 9041 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9042 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9043 if (!Comments.empty() && 9044 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9045 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9046 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9047 // 9048 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9049 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9050 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9051 // ahead through comments. 9052 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9053 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9054 } 9055 } 9056 9057 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9058 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9059 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9060 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9061 9062 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9063 9064 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9065 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9066 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9067 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9068 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9069 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9070 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9071 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9072 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9073 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9074 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9075 } 9076 9077 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9078 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9079 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9080 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9081 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9082 << 0; 9083 9084 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9085 9086 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9087 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9088 9089 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9090 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9091 // parameter. 9092 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9093 9094 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9095 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9096 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9097 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9098 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9099 } 9100 } 9101 9102 // Ensure we have a valid name 9103 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 9104 if (D.hasName()) { 9105 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9106 if (!II) { 9107 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9108 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 9109 D.setInvalidType(true); 9110 } 9111 } 9112 9113 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9114 if (II) { 9115 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9116 ForRedeclaration); 9117 LookupName(R, S); 9118 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9119 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9120 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9121 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9122 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9123 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9124 PrevDecl = 0; 9125 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9126 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9127 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9128 9129 // Recover by removing the name 9130 II = 0; 9131 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9132 D.setInvalidType(true); 9133 } 9134 } 9135 } 9136 9137 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9138 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9139 // looking like class members in C++. 9140 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9141 D.getLocStart(), 9142 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9143 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9144 StorageClass); 9145 9146 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9147 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9148 9149 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9150 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9151 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9152 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9153 9154 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9155 S->AddDecl(New); 9156 if (II) 9157 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9158 9159 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9160 9161 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9162 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9163 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9164 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9165 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9166 9167 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9169 } 9170 return New; 9171 } 9172 9173 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9174 /// typedef. 9175 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9176 SourceLocation Loc, 9177 QualType T) { 9178 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9179 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9180 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9181 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 9182 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9183 SC_None, 0); 9184 Param->setImplicit(); 9185 return Param; 9186 } 9187 9188 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9189 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9190 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9191 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9192 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9193 return; 9194 9195 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9196 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9197 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9198 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9199 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9200 } 9201 } 9202 } 9203 9204 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9205 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9206 QualType ReturnTy, 9207 NamedDecl *D) { 9208 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9209 return; 9210 9211 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9212 // threshold. 9213 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9214 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9215 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9216 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9217 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9218 } 9219 9220 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9221 // threshold. 9222 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9223 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9224 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9225 continue; 9226 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9227 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9228 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9229 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9230 } 9231 } 9232 9233 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9234 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9235 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9236 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9237 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9238 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9239 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9240 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9241 9242 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9243 9244 // Special cases for arrays: 9245 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9246 // - otherwise, it's an error 9247 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9248 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9249 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9250 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9251 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9252 } 9253 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9254 } else { 9255 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9256 } 9257 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9258 } 9259 9260 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9261 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9262 TSInfo, 9263 StorageClass, 0); 9264 9265 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9266 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9267 // the class has been completely parsed. 9268 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9269 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9270 AbstractParamType)) 9271 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9272 9273 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9274 // passed by reference. 9275 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9276 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9277 Diag(NameLoc, 9278 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9279 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9280 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9281 New->setType(T); 9282 } 9283 9284 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9285 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9286 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9287 // an address space. 9288 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9289 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9290 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9291 } 9292 9293 return New; 9294 } 9295 9296 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9297 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9298 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9299 9300 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9301 // for a K&R function. 9302 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9303 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9304 --i; 9305 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 9306 SmallString<256> Code; 9307 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 9308 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 9309 << ";\n"; 9310 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9311 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 9312 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9313 9314 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9315 // type. 9316 AttributeFactory attrs; 9317 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9318 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9319 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9320 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 9321 PrevSpec, DiagID); 9322 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9323 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9324 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9325 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9326 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 9327 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9328 } 9329 } 9330 } 9331 } 9332 9333 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9334 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9335 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9336 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9337 9338 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9339 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9340 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9341 } 9342 9343 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9344 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9345 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9346 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9347 return false; 9348 9349 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9350 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9351 return false; 9352 9353 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9354 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9355 return false; 9356 9357 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9358 if (FD->isMain()) 9359 return false; 9360 9361 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9362 if (FD->isInlined()) 9363 return false; 9364 9365 // Don't warn about function templates. 9366 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9367 return false; 9368 9369 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9370 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9371 return false; 9372 9373 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9374 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9375 return false; 9376 9377 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9378 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9379 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9380 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9381 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9382 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9383 continue; 9384 9385 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9386 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9387 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9388 break; 9389 } 9390 9391 return MissingPrototype; 9392 } 9393 9394 void 9395 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9396 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9397 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9398 // was an extern inline function. 9399 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9400 if (!Definition) 9401 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9402 return; 9403 9404 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9405 return; 9406 9407 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9408 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9409 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9410 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9411 else 9412 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9413 9414 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9415 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9416 } 9417 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9418 Sema &S) { 9419 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9420 S.PushLambdaScope(); 9421 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda(); 9422 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9423 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9424 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getResultType(); 9425 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9426 9427 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9428 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9429 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9430 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9431 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9432 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9433 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9434 9435 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9436 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9437 9438 // FIXME: Add the captures to the LSI. 9439 } 9440 9441 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9442 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9443 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9444 9445 if (!D) 9446 return D; 9447 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9448 9449 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9450 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9451 else 9452 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9453 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9454 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9455 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9456 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9457 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9458 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9459 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9460 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9461 // have the LSI properly restored. 9462 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9463 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9464 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9465 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9466 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9467 } 9468 else 9469 // Enter a new function scope 9470 PushFunctionScope(); 9471 9472 // See if this is a redefinition. 9473 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9474 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9475 9476 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9477 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9478 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9479 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9480 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9481 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9482 } 9483 } 9484 9485 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9486 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9487 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 9488 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9489 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9490 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9491 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9492 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9493 9494 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9495 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9496 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9497 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9498 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9499 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9500 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9501 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9502 9503 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9504 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9505 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9506 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9507 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9508 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9509 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9510 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9511 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9512 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9513 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9514 } 9515 } 9516 } 9517 9518 if (FnBodyScope) 9519 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9520 9521 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9522 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9523 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9524 9525 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9526 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 9527 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 9528 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9529 9530 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9531 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9532 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9533 9534 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9535 } 9536 } 9537 9538 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9539 // introduce them into the function scope. 9540 if (FnBodyScope) { 9541 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9542 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9543 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9544 I != E; ++I) { 9545 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9546 9547 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9548 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9549 // and reattach to the current context. 9550 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9551 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9552 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 9553 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 9554 if (*DI == D) { 9555 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9556 break; 9557 } 9558 } 9559 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9560 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9561 } 9562 9563 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9564 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9565 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9566 9567 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9568 // accessible in this scope. 9569 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9570 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 9571 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 9572 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9573 } 9574 } 9575 } 9576 9577 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9578 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9579 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9580 9581 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9582 // dllimport attribute. 9583 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9584 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9585 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9586 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9587 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9588 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9589 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9590 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9591 << "dllimport"; 9592 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9593 return D; 9594 } 9595 9596 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 9597 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 9598 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 9599 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 9600 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 9601 // emitted. 9602 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9603 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 9604 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 9605 } 9606 } 9607 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9608 // a function template). 9609 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9610 return D; 9611 } 9612 9613 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9614 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9615 /// optimization. 9616 /// 9617 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9618 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9619 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9620 /// use the named return value optimization. 9621 /// 9622 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9623 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9624 /// the NRVO variable. 9625 /// 9626 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9627 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9628 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9629 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9630 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9631 9632 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9633 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9634 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9635 return; 9636 9637 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9638 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9639 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9640 return; 9641 } 9642 9643 if (NRVOCandidate) 9644 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9645 } 9646 9647 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9648 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 9649 return false; 9650 9651 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 9652 return true; 9653 9654 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9655 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9656 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9657 else 9658 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9659 9660 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9661 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9662 // rest of the file. 9663 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9664 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9665 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 9666 } 9667 9668 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9669 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9670 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9671 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9672 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9673 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9674 } 9675 9676 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9677 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9678 } 9679 9680 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9681 bool IsInstantiation) { 9682 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9683 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 9684 if (FunTmpl) 9685 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9686 else 9687 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 9688 9689 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9690 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9691 9692 if (FD) { 9693 FD->setBody(Body); 9694 9695 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9696 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9697 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9698 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9699 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9700 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9701 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9702 << FD->getResultType(); 9703 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9704 } else { 9705 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9706 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9707 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 9708 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9709 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9710 } 9711 } 9712 9713 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9714 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9715 // is the first declaration. 9716 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9717 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9718 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9719 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9720 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9721 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9722 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9723 } 9724 9725 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9726 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9727 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9728 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9729 9730 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9731 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 9732 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 9733 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9734 9735 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9736 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9737 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9738 FD->getResultType(), FD); 9739 9740 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9741 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9742 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9743 9744 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9745 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9746 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9747 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 9748 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9749 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9750 } 9751 9752 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9753 "Function parsing confused"); 9754 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9755 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9756 MD->setBody(Body); 9757 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9758 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9759 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9760 MD->getResultType(), MD); 9761 9762 if (Body) 9763 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9764 } 9765 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9766 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9767 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9768 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9769 } 9770 } else { 9771 return 0; 9772 } 9773 9774 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9775 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9776 "handled in the block above."); 9777 9778 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9779 if (Body) { 9780 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9781 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9782 // Verify this. 9783 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9784 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9785 9786 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9787 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9788 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9789 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9790 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9791 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9792 9793 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9794 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9795 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9796 9797 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9798 Destructor->getParent()); 9799 } 9800 9801 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9802 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9803 // deletion in some later function. 9804 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9805 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9806 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9807 } 9808 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9809 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9810 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9811 // enabled. 9812 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9813 } 9814 9815 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9816 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9817 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9818 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9819 9820 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9821 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9822 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9823 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9824 } 9825 9826 if (!IsInstantiation) 9827 PopDeclContext(); 9828 9829 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9830 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9831 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9832 // deletion in some later function. 9833 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9834 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9835 } 9836 9837 return dcl; 9838 } 9839 9840 9841 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9842 /// relevant Decl. 9843 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9844 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9845 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9846 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9847 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9848 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9849 9850 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9851 if (Method->isStatic()) 9852 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9853 } 9854 9855 9856 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9857 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9858 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9859 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9860 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9861 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9862 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9863 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9864 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9865 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9866 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9867 return ExternCPrev; 9868 } 9869 9870 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9871 unsigned diag_id; 9872 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9873 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9874 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9875 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9876 else 9877 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9878 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9879 9880 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9881 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9882 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9883 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9884 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9885 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9886 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) 9887 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 9888 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 9889 } 9890 9891 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9892 const char *Dummy; 9893 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9894 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9895 unsigned DiagID; 9896 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9897 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9898 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9899 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9900 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9901 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9902 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9903 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9904 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9905 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9906 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9907 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9908 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9909 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9910 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9911 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9912 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9913 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9914 EST_None, 9915 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9916 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9917 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9918 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9919 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9920 Loc, Loc, D), 9921 DS.getAttributes(), 9922 SourceLocation()); 9923 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9924 9925 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9926 9927 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9928 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9929 9930 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9931 FD->setImplicit(); 9932 9933 CurContext = PrevDC; 9934 9935 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9936 9937 return FD; 9938 } 9939 9940 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9941 /// the declaration of this function. 9942 /// 9943 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9944 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9945 /// like NSLog or printf. 9946 /// 9947 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9948 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 9949 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9950 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9951 return; 9952 9953 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9954 // actual attributes. 9955 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9956 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9957 unsigned FormatIdx; 9958 bool HasVAListArg; 9959 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9960 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9961 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9962 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9963 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9964 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9965 fmt = "NSString"; 9966 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9967 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 9968 FormatIdx+1, 9969 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9970 } 9971 } 9972 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9973 HasVAListArg)) { 9974 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9975 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9976 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 9977 FormatIdx+1, 9978 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9979 } 9980 9981 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9982 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9983 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9984 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9985 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9986 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9987 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9988 } 9989 9990 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9991 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9992 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9993 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9994 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9995 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9996 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9997 } 9998 9999 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10000 if (!Name) 10001 return; 10002 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10003 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10004 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10005 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10006 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10007 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10008 // about. 10009 } else 10010 return; 10011 10012 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10013 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10014 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10015 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10016 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 10017 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10018 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 10019 } 10020 10021 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10022 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10023 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10024 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10025 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 10026 } 10027 } 10028 10029 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10030 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10031 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10032 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10033 10034 if (!TInfo) { 10035 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10036 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10037 } 10038 10039 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10040 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10041 D.getLocStart(), 10042 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10043 D.getIdentifier(), 10044 TInfo); 10045 10046 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10047 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10048 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10049 return NewTD; 10050 } 10051 10052 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10053 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10054 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10055 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10056 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10057 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10058 else 10059 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10060 } 10061 10062 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10063 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10064 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10065 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10066 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10067 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10068 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10069 case TST_enum: 10070 case TST_struct: 10071 case TST_interface: 10072 case TST_union: 10073 case TST_class: { 10074 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10075 10076 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10077 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10078 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10079 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10080 10081 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10082 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10083 10084 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10085 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10086 break; 10087 10088 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10089 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10090 break; 10091 } 10092 10093 default: 10094 break; 10095 } 10096 10097 return NewTD; 10098 } 10099 10100 10101 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10102 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10103 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10104 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10105 10106 if (T->isDependentType()) 10107 return false; 10108 10109 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10110 if (BT->isInteger()) 10111 return false; 10112 10113 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10114 return true; 10115 } 10116 10117 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10118 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10119 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10120 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10121 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10122 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10123 10124 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10125 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10126 << Prev->isScoped(); 10127 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10128 return true; 10129 } 10130 10131 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10132 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10133 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10134 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10135 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10136 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10137 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10138 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10139 return true; 10140 } 10141 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10142 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10143 << Prev->isFixed(); 10144 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10145 return true; 10146 } 10147 10148 return false; 10149 } 10150 10151 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10152 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10153 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10154 /// 10155 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10156 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10157 switch (Tag) { 10158 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10159 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10160 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10161 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10162 } 10163 } 10164 10165 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10166 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10167 /// 10168 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10169 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10170 { 10171 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10172 } 10173 10174 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10175 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10176 /// 10177 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10178 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10179 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10180 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10181 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10182 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10183 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10184 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10185 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10186 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10187 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10188 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10189 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10190 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10191 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10192 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10193 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10194 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10195 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10196 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10197 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10198 return true; 10199 10200 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10201 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10202 bool isTemplate = false; 10203 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10204 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10205 10206 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10207 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10208 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10209 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10210 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10211 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10212 return true; 10213 } 10214 10215 if (isDefinition) { 10216 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10217 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10218 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10219 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10220 return true; 10221 } 10222 10223 bool previousMismatch = false; 10224 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 10225 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 10226 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10227 if (!previousMismatch) { 10228 previousMismatch = true; 10229 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10230 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10231 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10232 } 10233 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10234 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10235 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10236 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10237 } 10238 } 10239 return true; 10240 } 10241 10242 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10243 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10244 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10245 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10246 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10247 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10248 return true; 10249 } 10250 10251 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10252 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10253 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10254 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10255 10256 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 10257 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10258 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10259 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10260 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10261 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10262 } 10263 10264 return true; 10265 } 10266 return false; 10267 } 10268 10269 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10270 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10271 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10272 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10273 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10274 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10275 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10276 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10277 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10278 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10279 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10280 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10281 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10282 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 10283 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10284 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10285 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10286 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10287 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10288 10289 OwnedDecl = false; 10290 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10291 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10292 10293 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10294 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10295 bool Invalid = false; 10296 10297 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10298 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10299 // for non-C++ cases. 10300 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10301 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10302 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10303 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10304 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10305 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10306 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10307 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10308 return 0; 10309 } 10310 10311 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10312 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10313 // be a member of another template). 10314 10315 if (Invalid) 10316 return 0; 10317 10318 OwnedDecl = false; 10319 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10320 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10321 TemplateParams, AS, 10322 ModulePrivateLoc, 10323 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10324 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10325 return Result.get(); 10326 } else { 10327 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10328 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10329 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10330 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10331 } 10332 } 10333 } 10334 10335 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10336 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10337 // redeclaration. 10338 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10339 10340 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10341 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10342 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10343 // type, default to int. 10344 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10345 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10346 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10347 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10348 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10349 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10350 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10351 10352 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10353 // Recover by falling back to int. 10354 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10355 10356 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10357 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10358 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10359 10360 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10361 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10362 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10363 } 10364 10365 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10366 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10367 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10368 10369 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10370 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10371 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10372 10373 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10374 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10375 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10376 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10377 10378 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10379 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10380 Name = 0; 10381 goto CreateNewDecl; 10382 } 10383 10384 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10385 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10386 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10387 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10388 if (!DC) { 10389 IsDependent = true; 10390 return 0; 10391 } 10392 } else { 10393 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10394 if (!DC) { 10395 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10396 << SS.getRange(); 10397 return 0; 10398 } 10399 } 10400 10401 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10402 return 0; 10403 10404 SearchDC = DC; 10405 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10406 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10407 10408 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10409 return 0; 10410 10411 if (Previous.empty()) { 10412 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10413 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10414 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10415 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10416 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10417 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10418 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10419 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10420 IsDependent = true; 10421 return 0; 10422 } 10423 10424 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10425 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10426 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10427 Name = 0; 10428 Invalid = true; 10429 goto CreateNewDecl; 10430 } 10431 } else if (Name) { 10432 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10433 // declaration or definition. 10434 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10435 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10436 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10437 LookupName(Previous, S); 10438 10439 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10440 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10441 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10442 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10443 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10444 while (F.hasNext()) { 10445 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10446 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10447 F.erase(); 10448 } 10449 F.done(); 10450 } 10451 10452 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10453 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10454 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10455 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10456 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10457 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10458 // 10459 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10460 // semantic context? 10461 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10462 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10463 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10464 while (F.hasNext()) { 10465 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10466 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10467 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10468 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10469 F.erase(); 10470 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10471 } 10472 } 10473 F.done(); 10474 } 10475 10476 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10477 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10478 return 0; 10479 10480 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10481 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10482 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10483 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10484 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10485 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10486 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10487 } 10488 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10489 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10490 // initial context to the translation unit. 10491 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10492 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10493 } 10494 10495 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10496 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10497 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10498 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10499 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10500 Previous.clear(); 10501 } 10502 10503 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10504 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10505 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10506 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10507 10508 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10509 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10510 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10511 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10512 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10513 } 10514 } 10515 10516 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10517 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10518 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10519 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10520 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10521 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10522 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10523 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10524 10525 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10526 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10527 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10528 // 10529 // class-key identifier 10530 // 10531 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10532 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10533 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10534 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10535 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10536 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10537 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10538 // declaration. 10539 // 10540 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10541 // C structs and unions. 10542 // 10543 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10544 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10545 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10546 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10547 // 10548 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10549 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10550 // 10551 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10552 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10553 // lexical context, 10554 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10555 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10556 10557 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10558 while (S->isClassScope() || 10559 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10560 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10561 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10562 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 10563 S = S->getParent(); 10564 } else { 10565 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10566 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10567 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10568 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10569 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10570 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10571 } 10572 10573 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10574 // diagnose some problems. 10575 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10576 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10577 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10578 } 10579 } 10580 10581 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10582 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 10583 10584 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10585 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10586 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10587 // in C++. 10588 // 10589 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10590 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10591 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10592 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10593 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10594 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10595 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10596 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10597 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10598 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10599 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10600 PrevDecl = Tag; 10601 Previous.clear(); 10602 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10603 Previous.resolveKind(); 10604 } 10605 } 10606 } 10607 } 10608 10609 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10610 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10611 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10612 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10613 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10614 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10615 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10616 // struct or something similar. 10617 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10618 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10619 *Name)) { 10620 bool SafeToContinue 10621 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10622 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10623 if (SafeToContinue) 10624 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10625 << Name 10626 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10627 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10628 else 10629 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10630 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10631 10632 if (SafeToContinue) 10633 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10634 else { 10635 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10636 Name = 0; 10637 Previous.clear(); 10638 Invalid = true; 10639 } 10640 } 10641 10642 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10643 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10644 10645 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10646 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10647 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10648 if (ScopedEnum) 10649 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10650 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10651 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10652 return PrevTagDecl; 10653 } 10654 10655 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10656 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10657 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 10658 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10659 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10660 10661 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10662 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10663 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10664 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10665 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10666 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10667 } 10668 10669 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10670 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10671 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10672 // and then later defined. 10673 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10674 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10675 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10676 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10677 } 10678 10679 if (!Invalid) { 10680 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10681 10682 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10683 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10684 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10685 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10686 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10687 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10688 return PrevTagDecl; 10689 10690 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10691 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10692 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10693 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10694 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10695 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10696 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10697 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10698 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10699 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10700 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10701 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10702 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10703 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10704 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10705 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10706 } 10707 10708 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10709 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10710 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10711 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10712 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10713 else 10714 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10715 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10716 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10717 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10718 // references get the previous definition. 10719 Name = 0; 10720 Previous.clear(); 10721 Invalid = true; 10722 } 10723 } else { 10724 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10725 // about a nested redefinition. 10726 const TagType *Tag 10727 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10728 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10729 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10730 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10731 diag::note_previous_definition); 10732 Name = 0; 10733 Previous.clear(); 10734 Invalid = true; 10735 } 10736 } 10737 10738 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10739 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10740 } 10741 } 10742 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10743 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10744 10745 } else { 10746 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10747 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10748 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10749 // have distinct types. 10750 Previous.clear(); 10751 } 10752 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10753 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10754 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10755 10756 10757 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10758 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10759 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10760 } else { 10761 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10762 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10763 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10764 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10765 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10766 unsigned Kind = 0; 10767 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10768 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10769 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10770 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10771 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10772 Invalid = true; 10773 10774 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10775 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10776 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10777 // do nothing 10778 10779 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10780 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10781 unsigned Kind = 0; 10782 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10783 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10784 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10785 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10786 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10787 Invalid = true; 10788 10789 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10790 // case here. 10791 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10792 unsigned Kind = 0; 10793 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10794 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10795 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10796 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10797 Invalid = true; 10798 10799 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10800 } else { 10801 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10802 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10803 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10804 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10805 Name = 0; 10806 Invalid = true; 10807 } 10808 10809 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10810 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10811 Previous.clear(); 10812 } 10813 } 10814 10815 CreateNewDecl: 10816 10817 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10818 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10819 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10820 10821 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10822 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10823 // keyword. 10824 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10825 10826 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10827 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10828 // PrevDecl. 10829 TagDecl *New; 10830 10831 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10832 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10833 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10834 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10835 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10836 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10837 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10838 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10839 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10840 TagDecl *Def; 10841 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10842 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10843 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10844 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10845 } 10846 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10847 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10848 << New; 10849 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10850 } else { 10851 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10852 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10853 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10854 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10855 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10856 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10857 10858 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10859 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10860 // the declaration context. 10861 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10862 IsForwardReference = true; 10863 } 10864 } 10865 10866 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10867 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10868 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10869 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10870 else 10871 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10872 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10873 } 10874 10875 } else { 10876 // struct/union/class 10877 10878 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10879 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10881 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10882 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10883 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10884 10885 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10886 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10887 } else 10888 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10889 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10890 } 10891 10892 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10893 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10894 if (SS.isSet()) { 10895 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10896 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10897 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10898 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10899 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10900 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10901 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10902 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10903 Invalid = true; 10904 10905 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10906 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10907 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10908 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10909 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10910 } 10911 } 10912 else 10913 Invalid = true; 10914 } 10915 10916 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10917 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10918 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10919 // 10920 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10921 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10922 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10923 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10924 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10925 // parsing of the struct). 10926 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10927 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10928 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10929 } 10930 } 10931 10932 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10933 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10934 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10935 << 2 10936 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10937 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10938 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10939 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10940 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10941 New->setModulePrivate(); 10942 } 10943 10944 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10945 // check the specialization. 10946 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10947 Invalid = true; 10948 10949 if (Invalid) 10950 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10951 10952 if (Attr) 10953 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10954 10955 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10956 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10957 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10958 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10959 10960 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10961 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10962 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10963 10964 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10965 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10966 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10967 // the tag name visible. 10968 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10969 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 10970 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10971 10972 // Set the access specifier. 10973 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10974 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10975 10976 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10977 New->startDefinition(); 10978 10979 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10980 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10981 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10982 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10983 if (PrevDecl) 10984 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10985 10986 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10987 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10988 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10989 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10990 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10991 } else if (Name) { 10992 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10993 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10994 if (IsForwardReference) 10995 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10996 10997 } else { 10998 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10999 } 11000 11001 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11002 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11003 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11004 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11005 II->isStr("FILE")) 11006 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11007 11008 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 11009 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11010 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11011 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 11012 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11013 11014 if (PrevDecl) 11015 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11016 11017 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11018 // record. 11019 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11020 11021 OwnedDecl = true; 11022 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11023 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11024 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 11025 } 11026 11027 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11028 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11029 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11030 11031 // Enter the tag context. 11032 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11033 11034 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11035 11036 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11037 // record. 11038 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11039 } 11040 11041 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11042 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11043 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11044 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11045 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11046 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11047 CurContext = OCD; 11048 return IDecl; 11049 } 11050 11051 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11052 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11053 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11054 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11055 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11056 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11057 11058 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11059 11060 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11061 return; 11062 11063 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11064 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11065 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11066 11067 // C++ [class]p2: 11068 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11069 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11070 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11071 // as if it were a public member name. 11072 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11073 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11074 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11075 Record->getIdentifier(), 11076 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 11077 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11078 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11079 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11080 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11081 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11082 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11083 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11084 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11085 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11086 } 11087 11088 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11089 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11090 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11091 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11092 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11093 11094 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11095 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11096 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11097 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11098 RD->completeDefinition(); 11099 } 11100 11101 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11102 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11103 11104 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11105 PopDeclContext(); 11106 11107 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11108 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11109 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11110 11111 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11112 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11113 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11114 } 11115 11116 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11117 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11118 PopDeclContext(); 11119 } 11120 11121 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11122 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11123 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11124 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11125 } 11126 11127 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11128 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11129 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 11130 } 11131 11132 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11133 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11134 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11135 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11136 11137 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11138 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11139 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11140 RD->completeDefinition(); 11141 } 11142 11143 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11144 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11145 // the FieldCollector. 11146 11147 PopDeclContext(); 11148 } 11149 11150 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11151 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11152 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11153 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11154 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11155 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11156 if (ZeroWidth) 11157 *ZeroWidth = true; 11158 11159 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11160 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11161 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11162 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11163 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11164 return ExprError(); 11165 if (FieldName) 11166 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11167 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11168 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11169 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11170 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11171 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11172 return ExprError(); 11173 11174 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11175 // it now. 11176 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11177 return Owned(BitWidth); 11178 11179 llvm::APSInt Value; 11180 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11181 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11182 return ICE; 11183 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 11184 11185 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11186 *ZeroWidth = false; 11187 11188 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11189 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11190 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11191 11192 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11193 if (FieldName) 11194 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11195 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11196 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11197 << Value.toString(10); 11198 } 11199 11200 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11201 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11202 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11203 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) { 11204 if (FieldName) 11205 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11206 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11207 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11208 11209 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11210 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11211 } 11212 11213 if (FieldName) 11214 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11215 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11216 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11217 else 11218 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11219 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11220 } 11221 } 11222 11223 return Owned(BitWidth); 11224 } 11225 11226 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11227 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11228 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11229 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11230 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11231 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11232 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11233 return Res; 11234 } 11235 11236 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11237 /// 11238 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11239 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11240 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11241 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11242 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11243 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11244 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11245 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11246 11247 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11248 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11249 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11250 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11251 11252 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11253 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11254 D.setInvalidType(); 11255 T = Context.IntTy; 11256 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11257 } 11258 } 11259 11260 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11261 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11262 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11263 D.setInvalidType(); 11264 } 11265 11266 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11267 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11268 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11269 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11270 D.setInvalidType(); 11271 } 11272 11273 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11274 11275 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11276 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11277 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11278 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11279 11280 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11281 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11282 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11283 LookupName(Previous, S); 11284 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11285 case LookupResult::Found: 11286 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11287 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11288 break; 11289 11290 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11291 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11292 break; 11293 11294 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11295 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11296 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11297 break; 11298 } 11299 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11300 11301 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11302 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11303 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11304 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11305 PrevDecl = 0; 11306 } 11307 11308 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11309 PrevDecl = 0; 11310 11311 bool Mutable 11312 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11313 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11314 FieldDecl *NewFD 11315 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11316 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11317 11318 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11319 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11320 11321 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11322 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11323 11324 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11325 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11326 // with the same name in the same scope. 11327 } else if (II) { 11328 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11329 } else 11330 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11331 11332 return NewFD; 11333 } 11334 11335 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11336 /// 11337 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11338 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11339 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11340 /// created. 11341 /// 11342 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11343 /// 11344 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11345 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11347 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11348 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11349 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11350 SourceLocation TSSL, 11351 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11352 Declarator *D) { 11353 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11354 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11355 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11356 11357 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11358 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11359 if (T.isNull()) { 11360 InvalidDecl = true; 11361 T = Context.IntTy; 11362 } 11363 11364 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11365 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11366 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11367 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11368 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11369 InvalidDecl = true; 11370 } else { 11371 NamedDecl *Def; 11372 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11373 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11374 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11375 InvalidDecl = true; 11376 } 11377 } 11378 } 11379 11380 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11381 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11382 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11383 InvalidDecl = true; 11384 } 11385 11386 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11387 // than a variably modified type. 11388 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11389 bool SizeIsNegative; 11390 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11391 11392 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11393 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11394 SizeIsNegative, 11395 Oversized); 11396 if (FixedTInfo) { 11397 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11398 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11399 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11400 } else { 11401 if (SizeIsNegative) 11402 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11403 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11404 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11405 << Oversized.toString(10); 11406 else 11407 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11408 InvalidDecl = true; 11409 } 11410 } 11411 11412 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11413 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11414 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11415 AbstractFieldType)) 11416 InvalidDecl = true; 11417 11418 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11419 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11420 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11421 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11422 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11423 if (!BitWidth) { 11424 InvalidDecl = true; 11425 BitWidth = 0; 11426 ZeroWidth = false; 11427 } 11428 } 11429 11430 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11431 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11432 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11433 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11434 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11435 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11436 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11437 11438 if (DiagID) { 11439 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11440 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11441 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11442 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11443 Mutable = false; 11444 InvalidDecl = true; 11445 } 11446 } 11447 11448 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11449 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11450 if (InvalidDecl) 11451 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11452 11453 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11454 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11455 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11456 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11457 } 11458 11459 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11460 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11461 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11462 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11463 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11464 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11465 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11466 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11467 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11468 // objects. 11469 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11470 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11471 } 11472 } 11473 11474 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11475 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11476 // enabled. 11477 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11478 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11479 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11480 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11481 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11482 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11483 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11484 } 11485 } 11486 } 11487 11488 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11489 // representation, not a parser representation. 11490 if (D) { 11491 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11492 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11493 11494 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11495 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11496 } 11497 11498 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11499 // retainable type. 11500 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11501 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11502 11503 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11504 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11505 11506 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11507 return NewFD; 11508 } 11509 11510 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11511 assert(FD); 11512 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11513 11514 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11515 return false; 11516 11517 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11518 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11519 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11520 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11521 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11522 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11523 // copy constructors. 11524 11525 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11526 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11527 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11528 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11529 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11530 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11531 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11532 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11533 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11534 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11535 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11536 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11537 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11538 member = CXXDestructor; 11539 11540 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11541 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11542 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11543 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11544 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11545 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11546 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11547 // members unavailable. 11548 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11549 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11550 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11551 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 11552 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11553 return false; 11554 } 11555 } 11556 11557 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11558 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11559 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11560 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11561 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11562 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11563 } 11564 } 11565 } 11566 11567 return false; 11568 } 11569 11570 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11571 /// AST enum value. 11572 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11573 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11574 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11575 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11576 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11577 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11578 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11579 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11580 } 11581 } 11582 11583 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11584 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11585 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11586 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11587 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11588 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11589 11590 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11591 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11592 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11593 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11594 11595 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11596 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11597 11598 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11599 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11600 11601 if (BitWidth) { 11602 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11603 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11604 if (!BitWidth) 11605 D.setInvalidType(); 11606 } else { 11607 // Not a bitfield. 11608 11609 // validate II. 11610 11611 } 11612 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11614 D.setInvalidType(); 11615 } 11616 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11617 // than a variably modified type. 11618 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11619 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11620 D.setInvalidType(); 11621 } 11622 11623 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11624 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11625 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11626 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11627 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11628 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11629 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11630 return 0; 11631 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11632 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11633 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11634 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11635 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11636 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11637 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11638 } 11639 else 11640 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11641 } else { 11642 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11643 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11644 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11645 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11646 return 0; 11647 } 11648 } 11649 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11650 } 11651 11652 // Construct the decl. 11653 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11654 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11655 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11656 11657 if (II) { 11658 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11659 ForRedeclaration); 11660 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11661 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11662 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11663 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11664 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11665 } 11666 } 11667 11668 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11669 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11670 11671 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11672 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11673 11674 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11675 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11676 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11677 11678 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11679 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11680 11681 if (II) { 11682 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11683 // these to the interface. 11684 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11685 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11686 } 11687 11688 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11689 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11690 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11691 11692 return NewID; 11693 } 11694 11695 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11696 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11697 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11698 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11699 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11700 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11701 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11702 return; 11703 11704 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11705 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11706 11707 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11708 return; 11709 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11710 if (!ID) { 11711 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11712 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11713 return; 11714 } 11715 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11716 else 11717 return; 11718 } 11719 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11720 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11721 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11722 11723 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11724 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11725 Context.CharTy, 11726 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11727 DeclLoc), 11728 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11729 true); 11730 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11731 } 11732 11733 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11734 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 11735 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 11736 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11737 11738 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11739 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11740 // it will now change. 11741 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11742 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11743 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11744 default: break; 11745 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11746 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11747 break; 11748 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11749 Context. 11750 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11751 break; 11752 } 11753 } 11754 11755 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11756 11757 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11758 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11759 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11760 if (Record) { 11761 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11762 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11763 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11764 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11765 ++NumNamedMembers; 11766 } 11767 } 11768 11769 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11770 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11771 11772 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11773 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11774 i != end; ++i) { 11775 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11776 11777 // Get the type for the field. 11778 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11779 11780 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11781 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11782 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11783 } 11784 11785 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11786 // diagnostics about it. 11787 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11788 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11789 continue; 11790 } 11791 11792 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11793 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11794 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11795 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11796 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11797 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11798 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11799 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11800 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11801 // array. 11802 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11803 // Field declared as a function. 11804 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11805 << FD->getDeclName(); 11806 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11807 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11808 continue; 11809 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11810 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11811 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11812 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11813 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11814 // Flexible array member. 11815 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11816 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11817 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11818 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11819 if (Record->isUnion()) 11820 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11821 << FD->getDeclName(); 11822 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11823 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11824 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11825 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11826 if (Record->isUnion()) 11827 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11828 << FD->getDeclName(); 11829 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11830 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11831 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11832 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11833 if (Record->isUnion()) 11834 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11835 << FD->getDeclName(); 11836 else 11837 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11838 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11839 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11840 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11841 << FD->getDeclName(); 11842 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11843 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11844 continue; 11845 } 11846 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11847 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11848 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11849 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11850 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11851 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11852 continue; 11853 } 11854 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11855 if (Record) 11856 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11857 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11858 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11859 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11860 // Incomplete type 11861 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11862 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11863 continue; 11864 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11865 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11866 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11867 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11868 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11869 } else { 11870 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11871 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11872 // structures. 11873 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11874 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11875 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11876 else { 11877 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11878 // other structs as an extension. 11879 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11880 << FD->getDeclName(); 11881 if (Record) 11882 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11883 } 11884 } 11885 } 11886 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11887 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11888 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11889 AbstractIvarType)) { 11890 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11891 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11892 } 11893 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11894 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11895 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11896 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11897 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11898 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11899 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11900 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11901 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11902 FD->setType(T); 11903 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11904 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11905 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11906 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11907 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11908 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11909 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11910 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11911 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11912 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11913 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11914 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11915 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11916 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11917 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11918 } 11919 } else { 11920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11921 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11922 } 11923 ARCErrReported = true; 11924 } 11925 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11926 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11927 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11928 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11929 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11930 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11931 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11932 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11933 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11934 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11935 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11936 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11937 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11938 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11939 } 11940 } 11941 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11942 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11943 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11944 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11945 ++NumNamedMembers; 11946 } 11947 11948 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11949 if (Record) { 11950 bool Completed = false; 11951 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11952 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11953 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11954 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11955 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11956 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11957 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11958 11959 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11960 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11961 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11962 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11963 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11964 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11965 11966 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11967 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11968 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11969 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11970 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11971 } 11972 11973 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11974 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11975 11976 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11977 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11978 // problem now. 11979 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11980 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11981 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11982 11983 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11984 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11985 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11986 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11987 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11988 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11989 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11990 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11991 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11992 continue; 11993 11994 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11995 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11996 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11997 // program is ill-formed. 11998 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11999 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12000 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12001 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12002 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12003 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12004 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12005 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12006 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12007 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12008 12009 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12010 } 12011 } 12012 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12013 Completed = true; 12014 } 12015 } 12016 } 12017 } 12018 12019 if (!Completed) 12020 Record->completeDefinition(); 12021 12022 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 12023 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12024 12025 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 12026 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12027 bool ZeroSize = true; 12028 bool IsEmpty = true; 12029 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12030 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12031 E = Record->field_end(); 12032 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12033 IsEmpty = false; 12034 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12035 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12036 ZeroSize = false; 12037 } else { 12038 ++NonBitFields; 12039 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12040 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12041 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12042 ZeroSize = false; 12043 } 12044 } 12045 12046 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 12047 // C++. 12048 if (ZeroSize) 12049 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty 12050 << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12051 12052 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 12053 // are accepted by GCC. 12054 if (NonBitFields == 0) { 12055 if (IsEmpty) 12056 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 12057 else 12058 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 12059 } 12060 } 12061 } else { 12062 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12063 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12064 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12065 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12066 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12067 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12068 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12069 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12070 } 12071 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12072 // duplicates. 12073 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12074 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12075 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12076 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12077 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12078 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12079 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12080 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12081 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12082 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12083 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12084 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12085 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12086 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12087 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12088 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12089 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12090 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12091 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12092 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12093 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12094 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12095 if (IDecl) { 12096 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12097 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12098 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12099 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12100 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12101 continue; 12102 } 12103 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 12104 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 12105 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 12106 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 12107 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12108 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12109 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12110 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12111 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12112 continue; 12113 } 12114 } 12115 } 12116 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12117 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12118 } 12119 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12120 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12121 } 12122 } 12123 12124 if (Attr) 12125 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12126 } 12127 12128 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12129 /// the given type T. 12130 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12131 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12132 QualType T) { 12133 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12134 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12135 12136 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12137 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12138 --BitWidth; 12139 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12140 } 12141 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12142 } 12143 12144 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12145 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12146 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12147 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12148 // enum checking below. 12149 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12150 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12151 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12152 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12153 }; 12154 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12155 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12156 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12157 }; 12158 12159 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12160 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12161 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12162 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12163 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12164 return Types[I]; 12165 12166 return QualType(); 12167 } 12168 12169 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12170 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12171 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12172 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12173 Expr *Val) { 12174 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12175 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12176 QualType EltTy; 12177 12178 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12179 Val = 0; 12180 12181 if (Val) 12182 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 12183 12184 if (Val) { 12185 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12186 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12187 else { 12188 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12189 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12190 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 12191 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12192 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12193 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12194 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12195 ExprResult Converted = 12196 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12197 CCEK_Enumerator); 12198 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12199 Val = 0; 12200 else 12201 Val = Converted.take(); 12202 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12203 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12204 &EnumVal).take())) { 12205 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12206 } else { 12207 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12208 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12209 12210 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12211 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12212 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12213 // expression checking. 12214 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12215 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 12216 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12217 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12218 } else 12219 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12220 } else 12221 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12222 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12223 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12224 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12225 // is the type of its initializing value: 12226 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12227 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12228 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12229 } else { 12230 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12231 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12232 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12233 // representable as an int. 12234 12235 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12236 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12237 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12238 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12239 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12240 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12241 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12242 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12243 } 12244 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12245 } 12246 } 12247 } 12248 } 12249 12250 if (!Val) { 12251 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12252 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12253 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12254 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12255 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12256 // is the type of its initializing value: 12257 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12258 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12259 // 12260 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12261 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12262 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12263 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12264 } 12265 else { 12266 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12267 } 12268 } else { 12269 // Assign the last value + 1. 12270 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12271 ++EnumVal; 12272 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12273 12274 // Check for overflow on increment. 12275 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12276 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12277 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12278 // is the type of its initializing value: 12279 // 12280 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12281 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12282 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12283 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12284 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12285 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12286 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12287 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12288 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12289 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12290 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12291 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12292 ++EnumVal; 12293 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12294 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12295 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12296 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12297 << EltTy; 12298 else 12299 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 12300 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12301 } else { 12302 EltTy = T; 12303 } 12304 12305 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12306 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12307 // value, then increment. 12308 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12309 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12310 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12311 ++EnumVal; 12312 12313 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12314 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12315 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12316 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12317 // integral type. 12318 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12319 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12320 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12321 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12322 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12323 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12324 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12325 } 12326 } 12327 } 12328 12329 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12330 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12331 // enumerator's type. 12332 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12333 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12334 } 12335 12336 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12337 Val, EnumVal); 12338 } 12339 12340 12341 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12342 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12343 AttributeList *Attr, 12344 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12345 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12346 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12347 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12348 12349 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12350 // we find one that is. 12351 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12352 12353 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12354 // scope. 12355 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12356 ForRedeclaration); 12357 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12358 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12359 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12360 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12361 PrevDecl = 0; 12362 } 12363 12364 if (PrevDecl) { 12365 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12366 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12367 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12368 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12369 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12370 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12371 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12372 else 12373 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12374 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12375 return 0; 12376 } 12377 } 12378 12379 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12380 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12381 // different from T: 12382 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12383 // enumerated type 12384 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12385 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12386 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12387 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12388 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12389 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12390 12391 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12392 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12393 12394 if (New) { 12395 // Process attributes. 12396 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12397 12398 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12399 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12400 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12401 } 12402 12403 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12404 12405 return New; 12406 } 12407 12408 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12409 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12410 // Element2 = Element1 12411 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12412 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12413 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12414 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12415 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12416 if (!InitExpr) 12417 return true; 12418 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12419 12420 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12421 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12422 return true; 12423 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12424 if (!IL) 12425 return true; 12426 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12427 return true; 12428 12429 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12430 } 12431 12432 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12433 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12434 if (!DRE) 12435 return true; 12436 12437 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12438 if (!EnumConstant) 12439 return true; 12440 12441 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12442 Enum) 12443 return true; 12444 12445 return false; 12446 } 12447 12448 struct DupKey { 12449 int64_t val; 12450 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12451 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12452 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12453 }; 12454 12455 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12456 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12457 false); 12458 } 12459 12460 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12461 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12462 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12463 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12464 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12465 } 12466 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12467 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12468 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12469 } 12470 }; 12471 12472 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12473 // a previous element has already been set to. 12474 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12475 EnumDecl *Enum, 12476 QualType EnumType) { 12477 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12478 Enum->getLocation()) == 12479 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12480 return; 12481 // Avoid anonymous enums 12482 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12483 return; 12484 12485 // Only check for small enums. 12486 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12487 return; 12488 12489 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12490 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12491 12492 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12493 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12494 ValueToVectorMap; 12495 12496 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12497 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12498 12499 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12500 // an initialier. 12501 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12502 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12503 12504 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12505 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12506 if (!ECD) { 12507 return; 12508 } 12509 12510 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12511 continue; 12512 12513 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12514 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12515 12516 // First time encountering this value. 12517 if (Entry.isNull()) 12518 Entry = ECD; 12519 } 12520 12521 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12522 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12523 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12524 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12525 continue; 12526 12527 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12528 12529 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12530 if (Entry.isNull()) 12531 continue; 12532 12533 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12534 // Ensure constants are different. 12535 if (D == ECD) 12536 continue; 12537 12538 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12539 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12540 Vec->push_back(D); 12541 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12542 12543 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12544 Entry = Vec; 12545 12546 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12547 // diagnostics. 12548 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12549 continue; 12550 } 12551 12552 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12553 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12554 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12555 continue; 12556 12557 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12558 } 12559 12560 // Emit diagnostics. 12561 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12562 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12563 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12564 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12565 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12566 12567 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12568 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12569 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12570 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12571 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12572 ++I; 12573 12574 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12575 // the same value. 12576 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12577 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12578 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12579 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12580 delete Vec; 12581 } 12582 } 12583 12584 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12585 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12586 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12587 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12588 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12589 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12590 12591 if (Attr) 12592 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12593 12594 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12595 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12596 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12597 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12598 if (!ECD) continue; 12599 12600 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12601 } 12602 12603 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12604 return; 12605 } 12606 12607 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12608 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12609 // emit a warning. 12610 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12611 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12612 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12613 12614 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12615 // reverse the list. 12616 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12617 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12618 12619 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12620 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12621 12622 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12623 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12624 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12625 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12626 12627 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12628 12629 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12630 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12631 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12632 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12633 else 12634 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12635 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12636 12637 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12638 if (AllElementsInt) 12639 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12640 } 12641 12642 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12643 QualType BestType; 12644 unsigned BestWidth; 12645 12646 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12647 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12648 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12649 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12650 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12651 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12652 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12653 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12654 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12655 QualType BestPromotionType; 12656 12657 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 12658 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12659 // enum definitions. 12660 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12661 Packed = true; 12662 12663 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12664 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12665 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12666 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12667 else 12668 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12669 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12670 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12671 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12672 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12673 } 12674 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12675 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12676 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12677 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12678 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12679 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12680 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12681 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12682 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12683 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12684 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12685 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12686 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12687 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12688 } else { 12689 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12690 12691 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12692 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12693 } else { 12694 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12695 12696 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12697 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 12698 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12699 } 12700 } 12701 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12702 } else { 12703 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12704 // all of the enumerator values. 12705 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12706 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12707 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12708 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12709 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12710 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12711 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12712 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12713 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12714 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12715 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12716 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12717 BestPromotionType 12718 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12719 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12720 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12721 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12722 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12723 BestPromotionType 12724 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12725 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12726 } else { 12727 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12728 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12729 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12730 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12731 BestPromotionType 12732 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12733 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12734 } 12735 } 12736 12737 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12738 // the type of the enum if needed. 12739 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12740 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12741 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12742 12743 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12744 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12745 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12746 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12747 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12748 12749 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12750 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12751 12752 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12753 // the enum decl type. 12754 QualType NewTy; 12755 unsigned NewWidth; 12756 bool NewSign; 12757 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12758 !Enum->isFixed() && 12759 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12760 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12761 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12762 NewSign = true; 12763 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12764 // Already the right type! 12765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12766 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12767 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12768 // enumeration. 12769 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12770 continue; 12771 } else { 12772 NewTy = BestType; 12773 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12774 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12775 } 12776 12777 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12778 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12779 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12780 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12781 12782 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12783 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12784 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12785 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12786 CK_IntegralCast, 12787 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12788 /*base paths*/ 0, 12789 VK_RValue)); 12790 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12791 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12792 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12793 // enumeration. 12794 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12795 else 12796 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12797 } 12798 12799 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12800 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12801 12802 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12803 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12804 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12805 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12806 12807 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12808 12809 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12810 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12811 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12812 } 12813 12814 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12815 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12816 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12817 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12818 12819 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12820 AsmString, StartLoc, 12821 EndLoc); 12822 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12823 return New; 12824 } 12825 12826 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12827 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12828 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12829 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12830 Module::AllVisible, 12831 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12832 if (!Mod) 12833 return true; 12834 12835 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12836 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12837 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12838 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12839 // We need the length to be consistent. 12840 if (!ModCheck) 12841 break; 12842 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12843 12844 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12845 } 12846 12847 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12848 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12849 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12850 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12851 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12852 return Import; 12853 } 12854 12855 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12856 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12857 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12858 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12859 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12860 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12861 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12862 12863 // Make the module visible. 12864 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12865 /*Complain=*/false); 12866 } 12867 12868 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12869 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12870 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12871 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12872 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12873 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12874 LookupOrdinaryName); 12875 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12876 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12877 12878 if (PrevDecl) 12879 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12880 else 12881 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12882 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12883 } 12884 12885 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12886 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12887 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12888 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12889 12890 if (PrevDecl) { 12891 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12892 } else { 12893 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12894 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12895 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12896 } 12897 } 12898 12899 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12900 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12901 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12902 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12903 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12904 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12905 LookupOrdinaryName); 12906 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12907 12908 if (PrevDecl) { 12909 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12910 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12911 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12912 } else { 12913 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12914 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12915 } 12916 } 12917 12918 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12919 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12920 } 12921 12922 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12923 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12924 return D->getAvailability(); 12925 } 12926